002 Vertical Turbine Pump Submittal - Garney Construction

Garney Construction785 E WarrenGardner, KS 66030Phone: 816-278-5950Fax: 816-278-5931SUBMITTAL ITEMNO. 44 42 56 002PACKAGE NO: 44 42 56.TITLE:PROJECT:DRAWING:STATUS:BIC:Vertical Turbine Pumping UnitsWard County Pump Station ProjectOPNFNIREQUIRED START:REQUIRED FINISH:DAYS HELD: 0DAYS ELAPSED: 1DAYS OVERDUE: 0RECEIVED FROMSMITH CBSENT TOFNINLRETURNED BYFNI NLFORWARDED TOSMITH CBRevisionNo.Description / RemarksReceivedSentDrawingReturned Forwarded Status Sepias Prints Date HeldElapsed001 Pumping Units 2/20/2012 2/21/2012 OPN 0 1 0 1Vertical Turbine Pumping Units are a critical submittal item. Approved Pump Can submittal and Approved Suction Bowlsubmittal is also included for record at the end of the Submittal.Garney ConstructionWard County Pump Station ProjectSubmittal No. 44 42 56 002This submittal has been reviewed and approved with respect tothe contract documents and specification section44 42 56.Approval or acceptance of the submittal does not relieve thevendor of their responsibility to comply with the contractdocuments.Supplier/Sub:SMITHDate: ______________ 2-21-12 Reviewed by: _________________Expedition ®

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSPUMPS & MOTORSforCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water Districton theWard County Water Supply Expansion Project –Pump Station, Bid Package # 1 – Pumps and MotorsTransmission Pump StationTag Nos. P-1, P-2, P-3, & P-4Section 44 42 56.02Vertical Turbine Pumping UnitsFor questions please contact…Smith Pump Company, Inc.301 M&B IndustrialWaco, Texas 76712Attention:Matt RamburgerPhone: 254.776.0377Facsimile: 254.776.0023E-mail: mattr@smithpump.comWebsite: www.smithpump.comNote: This submittal isfor approval. Themajor OEM purchaseorders are on Hold ForApproval. Equipmentmanufacture cannotbegin until thissubmittal is approved.SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSCONTRACTOR’S CHECK LIST TO OBTAIN A WARRANTYCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water DistrictWard County Water Supply Expansion Project-Pump Station, Bid Package # 1 – Pumps and MotorsTransmission Pump StationTag Nos. P-1, P-2, P-3, & P-4Section 44 42 56.02Vertical Turbine Pumping UnitsThere are numerous inspection points once equipment begins to arrive at the jobsite.This document provides documentation that each point of inspection has occurred, andwas acceptable.At the end of the project, Garney Companies will need Smith Pump signatures at eachinspection point for the pumping unit.Inspection Points1. Delivery inspection.2. Preparation for storage.3. Pre-grout barrel top flange level.4. Post-grout barrel top flange level..5. Pre-pipe discharge Head Level6. Pre-start megger check through leads from panel.7. Pre-start PLC settings are complete and correct.8. Impeller setting9. Successful start-up.10. Field test completion11. Post Start-up alignment check.Inspection P-1Point Date Signature1 ____ _________2 ____ _________3 ____ _________4 ____ _________5 ____ _________6 ____ _________7 ____ _________8 ____ _________9 ____ _________10 ____ _________11 ____ _________Jean RadtkeWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL February 15, 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSInspection P-2Point Date Signature1 ____ _________2 ____ _________3 ____ _________4 ____ _________5 ____ _________6 ____ _________7 ____ _________8 ____ _________9 ____ _________10 ____ _________11 ____ _________Inspection P-3Point Date Signature1 ____ _________2 ____ _________3 ____ _________4 ____ _________5 ____ _________6 ____ _________7 ____ _________8 ____ _________9 ____ _________10 ____ _________11 ____ _________Inspection P-4Point Date Signature1 ____ _________2 ____ _________3 ____ _________4 ____ _________5 ____ _________6 ____ _________7 ____ _________8 ____ _________9 ____ _________10 ____ _________11 ____ _________SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,Jean RadtkeWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL February 15, 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSINDEXforCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water Districton theWard County Water Supply Expansion Project –Pump Station, Bid Package # 1 – Pumps and MotorsTransmission Pump StationTag Nos. P-1, P-2, P-3, & P-4Section 44 42 56.02Vertical Turbine Pumping UnitsITEM PAGES ----------------- DESCRIPTION --------------------1 1 Cover Page2 2 Contractor’s Checklist To Obtain A Warranty3 1 What’s New And Changed In This Submittal4 2 Index5 8 TAB: General Information… Certificate of Compliance… Warranty Statement… Submittal Data Sheet… Comments and Clarifications… 44 42 56.02 Attachment A & B… Scope of Supply, General6 TAB: Analysis….Lateral & Critical Speed Analysis… Forces and Moments Analysis… Reed Frequency Analysis… Torsional Analysis7 1 TAB: Users ListSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS8 3 TAB: T.P.S… Scope of Supply Specific9 30 TAB: Pump… Flowserve Table of Contents… Comments and Clarifications… Production Schedule… General Arrangement Drawing Bowl Assembly… Bowl Assembly Nameplate Drawing… Pump Performance Data Sheet… Full Speed curve… Multi speed Curve… Material List… Bowl Assembly Sectional Drawing… Bowl Assembly Options… Shop surface Preparation… Belzona 1341N data sheets… Tnemec Series N140 Data Sheets… Pump Test Procedures… Manufacturer’s Warranty… Rains Flo data… Overall Drawing… Barrel Drawing… Head Drawing… Top Column Drawing… Bottom Column Drawing… Coupling Assembly Drawing… Line Shaft Drawing… Top Shaft Drawing… Coupling Comparison10 15 TAB: Motor… Motor Performance Data… Motor Connection Diagram… Shaft Profile Drawing… Instrumentation Data… Outline Drawing11 6 TAB: Spreader Bar… Scope of Supply Spreader Bar… Sling Data Sheet… Clevis Data Sheet… Tnemec Series L69 Data Sheet… Spreader Bar Drawing11 6 TAB: Impeller JackSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS… Scope of Supply… Enerpac Cylinder Pumping Unit… Steel Jacking Plate DrawingSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

CUSTOMER:SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSColorado River Municipal Water DistrictWard County Water Supply Expansion Project –Pump Station, Bid Package # 1 – Pumps and MotorsPROJECT:SPCO PROJECT NO.: 166349SERVICE:Transmission Pump StationTAG NO: P-1, P-2. P-3. & P-4SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC.CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCESmith Pump Company certifies that the equipment described above is incompliance with the Owner’s contract documents except as described inthe submittal document to which this Certificate of Compliance is a part._________________________________Signed:SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSWARRANTYCOLORADO RIVER MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICTWARD COUNTY WATER SUPPLY PROJECTSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC. does hereby warrant and guarantee allequipment furnished by us to be free from defect in materials orworkmanship for a period of twenty-four (24) months after date of start- upor initial use or thirty (30) months after date of delivery, whichever comesfirst. Additional manufacturers’ warranties may apply. The contractormust notify Smith Pump Company in writing at the start of the warrantyperiod.This guarantee is FOB nearest Smith Pump Company facility. SmithPump Company will not be responsible for any removal or reinstallationcharges, transportation charges, etc. in cases where equipment has failedunder these warranty conditions. The use of any equipment for other thanits intended purpose will void the warranty.Requests for start-up must occur seven (7) days prior to requestedschedule date.The equipment supplied on this project has a warranty requirementthat qualified Smith Pump Company personnel be present during theinitial equipment start-up and commissioning. Failure to request thepresence of qualified personnel may void warranty. Modifications tothe equipment without written approval from Smith Pump Companywill void the warranty.It is the responsibility of the Contractor and Owner to properly storeand maintain any and all of the furnished equipment from the time it isdelivered to the jobsite through the end on the warranty period.Failure to do so may void warranty.FOR ASSISTANCE ON WARRANTY ISSUES OR OTHER CONTACT:SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC.301 M&B INDUSTRIALWACO, TEXAS 76712phone: 800.299.8909fax: 254.776.0023website: www.smithpump.comSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

CRMWDColorado River Municipal Water DistrictOn theSUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSSubmittal DatasheetWard County Water Supply Expansion Project –Pump Station, Bid Package # 1 – Pumps and MotorsTransmission Pump StationTag Nos. P-1, P-2, P-3, 7 P-4Section 44 42 56.02Vertical Turbine Pumping UnitsITEM DESCRIPTION DATAUnit Tag Numbers PUMP P-1, P-2, P-3, & P-41 Make And Type Design Flowserve 25EKM2 Rated Speed 1186 rpm3 Bowl Material ASTM A48 CL30 Cast Iron4 Impeller Diameter And Material Ø19.20 inch (al-brz-C952)5 Maximum Impeller Diameter For Bowl Ø20.20 inch6 Diameter of Suction Bell Ø25.34inch7 Diameter of Discharge Flange Ø18 inch8 Shutoff Head 839.6 feet9 Diameter of Bowl Shaft 2.69” 17-4 Ph10 Maximum Brake Horsepower 1288 bhp11 NPSH R At Rated Head 21.4 feet12 NPSHr at minimum head 28.5 feet @ 8,800 gpm13 Suction Specific Speed 986014 Specific Speed 2680MOTOR1 Make And Type Design TECO – Westinghouse2 Rated Brake Horsepower 1500 hp3 Rated Full Load Speed 1186 rpm4 Full Load Efficiency 95.32%5 ¾ Load Efficiency 95.65%6 Full Load Power Factor 86.2%7 ¾ Load Power Factor 84.6%SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS8 Locked Rotor KVA/hp 4.759 Frame Size 561110 Enclosure Type Weather Protected Type 111 Locked Rotor Amperes (LRA)@ Rated V 1052 amps12 Nema Starting Code Letter F13 Full Load Current 197 amps14 Service Factor 1.1515 Ambient Temp/Temp Rise @1.15 sf by RTD 50 deg C. 90 Deg CSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSCOMMENTS AND CLARIFICATIONSCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water Districton theWard County Water Supply Expansion Project –Pump Station, Bid Package # 1 – Pumps and MotorsTransmission Pump StationTag Nos. P-1, P-2, P-3, & P-4Section 44 42 56.02Vertical Turbine Pumping Units1- Please advise 50% reduced speed operating conditions so thatwe can confirm that the motor thrust bearing is sized correctly2- Please provide preferred shaft chrome plating method3- Shut-off head pressure at closed valve is 364 psi.SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

Flowserve 25 EKM 25.34" OD 22.64" OD 2.69" 17-4PH 2.44" 416 SS 21.4' @ imp eye Bowl assembly weight4980# 2340# 9765 Lbs. 10570 Lbs. Flowserve 23EPM1190 119086.3% Bowl Eff. 86.7% Bowl Eff.5 3AL-Brz-C952Al-Brz-C9523-1/4" Dia /416 SST 2-15/16" Dia/416 SST18" Dia x 1/2" Wall 24" Dia x 1/2" Wall39500 Lbs. 21000 Lbs.839.6'2680 4440333.3'9860 110801863 n/a1288 48328.5' @ imp eye31.5' @ imp eye21.5' @ imp eye18703 Lbs. 9850 Lbs.28,468 Lbs. 20420 Lbs.

ATTACHMENTBMOTORSUBMITTALDATASHEETVERTICALPUMPINGUNITSSubmitthefollowingdatawithshopdrawingsubmittalforeachsizeandtypeofMotor:Manufacturer TECO-Westinghouse MotorHP1500Frame 5611 EnclosureWP1Type Induction RPM1186Voltage 4000 Phase3StartingMethod Across the line VFD Hertz60ShaftSize 4.75" Diameter at Drive End SideInsulationClass F DutyContinuousFullLoadAmps 197 NoLoadAmps54.3LockedRotorAmps 1057 LockedRotorTorque 92% of Full Load TorqueLockedRotorTorque 92% of Full Load Torque %BreakdownTorque 229%LockedRotorKVA/HP 4.88 RotorWK2(lbft2) 1893NEMADesignBServiceFactor1.15InrushCurrent(%ofFullLoad)53.8%MaxSafeStalledTime(seconds)26.9NumberofSafeStartsPerDay6NumberofConsecutiveStarts2 cold/1 hot*FullLoadTempRise,inDegreeCelsiusover50CelsiusAmbient(at1.0S.F.)80*ServiceFactorTempRise,inDegreeCelsiusover50CelsiusAmbient(at1.15S.F.) 90*LimitingTemperatureRise115 Resistance(at25 C): Line to Line: 0.1666 ohms Anti Friction B-10:50000 hsOilBearings:Type/SizeLifeLubrication:______________.ExhaustAir(CFM):____________________________ExhaustAirTempRise( 3527 o F):____ 90 Calculated Efficiency PowerFactor Current1.15S.F.Load0.950 0.862 2274/4Load0.953 0.861 1973/4Load0.956 0.845 1501/2Load0.954 0.790 1071/4Load0.932 0.604 72RTDTypesandMounting 100 ohm Platinum, EmbeddedRTDAlarmandTripSetPoint Alarm: 150-160 / Trip: 162-165MotorSoundPowerLevel 85 dba at 3 ftlaterMotorRecommendedPowerFactor 85 dba @ 3 ftSpaceHeaterVoltage120 volt Wattage600VerticalTurbinePumpingUnitsCMD11269–ContractC1–PumpingUnitsandMotors10/06/11444256.0234

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSSCOPE OF SUPPLYGENERALCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water Districton theWard County Water Supply Expansion Project –Pump Station, Bid Package # 1 – Pumps and MotorsTransmission Pump StationTag Nos. P-1, P-2, P-3, & P-4Section 44 42 56.02Vertical Turbine Pumping UnitsNON-MATERIAL REQUIREMENTSSUBMITTALS- General Submittal Data (enclosed).- Lateral And Critical Speed Analysis (enclosed).- Torsional Analysis (enclosed).- Certifications (of Compliance) (enclosed)-- Test Procedures- (Hydrostatic and performance) (enclosed)- Shop Test Reports & Inspections- (Non-Witnessed Hydrotest pump bowls) (later)- (Non-Witnessed Performance test bowl assembly) (later)- (Motor shop tests, complete non-witnessed. (later)- Manufacturer’s I, O, & M Manual, Preliminary & Final (later)EQUIPMENT DELIVERY AND STORAGE- Ship pumps partially assembled to job site. Motors ship loose.- Unloading will be by Contractor.- Storage will be by Contractor.… Store motors inside.… Hook up space heaters w/in two days of arrival. Motors shipwith oil lubricant.… Contractor to rotate motor shaft several revolutions by hand weeklySMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSuntil startup.- Final assembly will be by Smith Pump. Contractor to supply crane.TESTING & INSPECTIONSSHOP TESTING – Motors (non-witnessed)- Complete test.- Shipping hold until approval of test reports.SHOP TESTING – Pumps- Hydrostatic test pump bowl assembly (non- witnessed).- Pump performance test of pump with lab motor at full speed.Test according to Hydraulic Institute Standards(non-witnessed).- Shipping hold until approval of test reports.FIELD SERVICE- Instruct Contractor on proper unloading, storage, and installation ofequipment.- Perform Pre-startup megger check through leads from panel.- Perform Pre-startup PLC settings are complete and correct.- Instruct Owner on proper operation and maintenance of equipment.FIELD TESTING- Pre Start Up… check barrel top flange for level before grouting and aftergrouting, check discharge head for level before piping. Proper motorlubrication, check the PLC settings are complete and correct.- From panel, perform a megger test @ 5000 volts dc to confirm appropriateresistance to ground.- Startup, operate motor uncoupled and check for proper rotation, mechanicaland electrical operation per I, O, &M manual.- Couple motor to pump and start.- Post Startup… during operation check equipment for vibration, noise, andgeneral performance. Run equipment sufficiently long to see thattemperature stabilizes. Record speed, pressure, flow, amperage, voltage,RTD readings, and vibration during the operational test.- Prepare final field testing report.SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-2 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump AiProject: 19725SHAFT TORSIONAL VIBRATION19725 – Ward County – TPS PumpsPrepared By: Charles R. McCreary Date: 02/17/12Engineering Project Mgr: Charles R. McCreary Date: 02/17/12Released By: Charles R. McCreary Date: 02/17/12CRM Engineering Services13774 Hwy 322Kilgore, TX 75662Proprietary NoticeCRM Engineering Services proprietary rights are included in the information disclosed herein. By accepting thisdocument, the recipient agrees that neither this document nor the information disclosed herein nor any partthereof shall be reproduced or transferred to other documents or used or disclosed to others for manufacturingor any other purpose except as specifically authorized in writing by CRM Engineering.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-2 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump AiiProject: 19725REVISION RECORDRevision Date CommentA 02/17/12 Initial DraftProprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-2 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump AiiiProject: 19725Table of Contents1INTRODUCTION.......................................................................................................................11.1Purpose..............................................................................................................................11.2Scope.................................................................................................................................11.2.1Torsional Vibration......................................................................................................12APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS....................................................................................................11.3Client..................................................................................................................................11.3.1Drawings.....................................................................................................................11.3.2Documents..................................................................................................................11.4REQUIREMENTS..............................................................................................................13Analysis Methodology...............................................................................................................21.5Commercial Programs.......................................................................................................21.6Approach............................................................................................................................22Results......................................................................................................................................42.1Summary............................................................................................................................42.2Torsional Natural Frequencies...........................................................................................42.3Torsional Vibration.............................................................................................................52.3.1Steady State...............................................................................................................52.3.2Transient Response...................................................................................................5Proprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-2 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump A 1Project: 197251 INTRODUCTION1.1 PurposeAssessment of the torsional vibration characteristics of the pump shafting.1.2 Scope1.2.1 Torsional VibrationDetermine the torsional natural frequencies of the pump shafting and the expected stressfrom torsional vibrations.2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTSThe following documents form a part of this document to the extent specified herein. Unlesslisted by revision letter or date of issue, the current revision of the document is applicable. Inthe event of conflict between the documents referenced herein and the contents of thisdocument, the contents of this document take precedence.1.3 Client1.3.1 DrawingsDrawing package1.3.2 DocumentsMotor data sheetsPump data sheetsSupplied with POSupplied with POSupplied with PO1.4 REQUIREMENTSThis document is the sole statement of work performed by CRM Engineering Services.Proprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-2 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump A 2Project: 197253 Analysis Methodology1.5 Commercial ProgramsProgram UseABAQUS General purpose linear/non-linear finite element analysis programMathcad Engineering calculation program1.6 ApproachThe analyses were performed using generally accepted techniques and methods.Proprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-2 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump A 3Project: 19725Illustration 1: Overall drawingProprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-2 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump A 4Project: 197252 Results2.1 SummaryThe torsional natural frequencies are outside the operating range.2.2 Torsional Natural FrequenciesMode1 28.42 213.83 394.8Frequency (Hz)Table 1: Calculated torsional natural frequenciesProprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-2 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump A 5Project: 197252.3 Torsional VibrationAn interference or cambell diagram is shown in Illustration 2. It plots the torsional naturalfrequencies and the running speed. If there are intersections between the torsional naturalfrequencies and the forcing functions within the operating range, a transient torsional vibrationanalysis should be performed.2.3.1 Steady StateIllustration 3 plots the steady state torsional response to a unit torque. The only significantamplification is from a torque excitation at 28.8 Hz (1728 rpm), outside the operating range.2.3.2 Transient ResponseThe forcing function is assumed of the formT 0= Nominal torque(1.0in.⋅lbf )n=harmonic number (1,2,3,. ..)A=accelerationt=total time (s)T =T 0 ⋅sin(π⋅n⋅A⋅t 2 ) whereSince the nominal torque is unity, the results are scalable. For example, if the 5 th harmonicproduces a torque of 1% of nominal and the transient torsional vibration analysis predicts apeak of 200% of the torque amplitude, the actual torque amplitude is 0.01 x 2 xT 0=0.02⋅T 0 .Illustration 4 plots the expected torque amplification during startup.Proprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-2 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump A 6Project: 19725Interference DiagramHz500450400350300250200150100500600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 130060.00%100.00%1TNF #1TNF #2TNF #3Operating Speed (RPM)Illustration 2: Interference diagramProprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-2 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump A 7Project: 19725Illustration 3: Steady state torsional response to unit torqueProprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

Order # Site Model Service Liquid TempSuctPress PSI Disc Press PSICapacity(gpm)Head(ft) Speed SG HP Material Stg Ship Date Qty Customer End UserE000971 tany 25EKM RAW WATER RAW WATER AMB 0 154.8 7290 357.6 1200 1 950 B 3 3/14/2002 2 DUKE/FLOUR DANIEL WATERFORD ENERGY FACILITYP003556 tany 23EPM RAW WATER RIVER WATER AMB 0 0 9000 250 1175 1 800 B 4 2/3/2006 1 Public Service Co Of Ok AEP-PUBLIC SERVICE CO.s001528 tany 23EPM HIGH SERVICE POTABLE WATER AMB 0 0 5600 360 900 1 700 B 8 11/30/2001 1 ATLANTIC SKANSKA, INC. Beers Construction Co.S002825 tany 25EKM RAW WATER RAW WATER 85 0 114 6750 265 1180 1 600 B 2 5/27/2004 2 ADAMS ROBINSON ENTERPRISE ADAMS ROBINSON CONSTR.S002825 tany 25EKM RAW WATER RAW WATER 85 0 114 6750 265 1180 1 600 B 2 5/27/2004 2 ADAMS ROBINSON ENTERPRISE ADAMS ROBINSON CONSTR.E002084 tany 25EKM OTHER SEAWATER 104 0 89.6 6000 207 1185 1 450 SS 2 8/31/2009 3 BARIVEN, S.A. CLOVER INTERNATIONAL INC.S003776 tany 23EPM LIFT STATION WATER AMB 0 0 8800 142 1200 1 400 B 2 5/30/2006 3 R.H. White Construction R.H. WHITE CONSTRUCTIONS002765 tany 25EKM RAW WATER RAW WATER 60 0 52.7 7639 124 1180 1 350 B 1 3/23/2004 1 BURGIN CONSTRUCTION COMPA Burgin Const. CompanyS002824 tany 23EPM RAW WATER RAW WATER AMB 0 18.8 9000 120 1180 1 350 B 2 4/1/2004 3 ADAMS ROBINSON ENTERPRISE ADAMS ROBINSON CONSTR.E000880 tany 23EPM CONDENSATE WATER AMB 0 0 8500 115 1180 0 300 SS 2 9/27/2001 2 ONTARIO POWER GENERATION Ontario Power GenerationE001100 tany 23EPM CONDENSATE WATER 73 0 0 8500 115 1180 1 300 B 5 7/17/2002 2 ONTARIO POWER GENERATION ONTARIO POWER GENERATIONE001101 tany 23EPM CONDENSATE WATER 73 0 0 8500 115 1180 1 300 B 2 10/15/2002 2 ONTARIO POWER GENERATION ONTARIO POWER GENERATIONE001102 tany 23EPM CONDENSATE WATER 73 0 0 8500 115 1180 1 300 B 2 10/16/2002 2 ONTARIO POWER GENERATION ONTARIO POWER GENERATIONE001971 tany 25EKM BACKWASH FILTER WATER 89 0 39.7 6600 85.5 1200 1 250 B 1 3/31/2009 1 BECHTEL-JACOBS CEP PORT A LATERP003159 tany 23EPM CONDENSATE WATER AMB 0 0 9000 56 1200 0 200 B 1 10/20/2004 1 FLOWSERVE/WOODBRIDGE-CNDA FLOWSERVE/WOODBRIDGE-CNDAS003775 tany 23EPM OTHER WATER AMB 0 0 8800 70 1185 1 200 B 1 6/30/2006 3 R.H. White Construction R.H. WHITE CONSTRUCTIONS004328 tany 23EPM RAW WATER WATER AMB 0 0 9275 44 1200 1 200 DI 1 5/21/2008 2 SLAYDEN CONSTRUCTION, INC SAVAGE RAPIDS DAMS004504 tany 23EPM OTHER WATER AMB 0 0 9613 60 1200 1 200 B 1 3/7/2008 3 PEACE RIVER/MANASOTA REG PEACE RIVER WATER AUTHOR.S004504 tany 23EPM OTHER WATER AMB 0 0 9613 60 1200 1 200 B 1 3/7/2008 3 PEACE RIVER/MANASOTA REG PEACE RIVER WATER AUTHOR.V001479 tany 23EPM UNKNOWN UNKNOWN AMB 0 0 8200 65 1180 0 200 B 1 11/15/2000 1 Process Systems, Inc.#578 SEE TEXTE001280 tany 23EPM COOLING WATER WATER AMB 0 0 8000 59 1200 1 175 SS 1 10/3/2003 1 INTERSTATE POWER & LIGHT POWER IOWAS003826 tany 23EPM RAW WATER RAW WATER AMB 0 0 6250 80 900 1 150 B 2 10/19/2006 2 Haren Construction Co. HAREN CONSTRUCTION CO.P004682 tany 23EPM OTHER OTHER AMB 0 0 7045 33 985 1 100 B 1 5/28/2009 6 FINE PEAK ELECTRICAL $ IN FINE PEAK ELECTRICAL $ INs001525 tany 23EPM RAW WATER WATER AMB 0 0 5600 45 900 1 75 B 1 11/30/2001 1 ATLANTIC SKANSKA, INC. Beers Construction Co.S001809 tany 23EPM RAW WATER RAW WATER AMB 0 0 0 0 900 0 75 B 2 2/21/2002 2 CARTER & VERPLANCK, INC. THE POOLE & KENT COMPANYP003848 tany 23EPM OTHER OTHER AMB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 B 4 12/18/2006 1 Public Service Co Of Ok AEP-PUBLIC SERVICE CO.V002686 tany 23EPM GENERAL INDUSTRIAL WATER AMB 0 0 9000 56 1180 1 0 B 1 10/27/2005 1 FLOWSERVE/WOODBRIDGE-CNDA FLOWSERVE/WOODBRIDGE-CNDAV003234 tany 23EPM OTHER WATER AMB 0 0 8805 114 1180 1 0 B 2 3/26/2008 1 Hamechadesh Industries CONTERM

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSSCOPE OF SUPPLYPUMP & MOTORGARNEY COMPANIESCOLORADO RIVER MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICTWARD COUNTY WATER SUPPLY PROJECTSection 44 42 56.02Vertical Turbine Pumping UnitsTransmission Pump StationSPECIFIC MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS – PUMP & MOTORPerformance RequirementsPUMPING CONDITIONS AT MAXIMUM RATED SPEED:Rated Capacity (per pump) Q = 6945 gpm (10 MGD)Rated Head (at 100% speed) H = 576’ tdhMax Head Duty Point (at 100% speed) H = 621’ tdhMin Head Duty Point (at 100% or reduced H = 475’ tdhSpeed)Efficiency Evaluation Point: H = 576’ tdhMax Motor Horsepower (HP) P = 1500Motor Voltage S = 4000 volt 3phMax Shut-off Head H = 1050’Max SpeedN = 1200 rpmMin Speed N = 50%Max Specific Speed 3200Pump Length:Base to Bottom of Strainer = 21.70 ft

Pumping UnitFour (4) – Pumping unit complete as described in Performance Requirementsabove and as further outlined below…Flowserve vertical turbine water lubricated line shaft diffuser pump…- One(1) - 5 stage model 25EKM cast iron bronze fitted bowlassembly. Suction case, series cases, & top case are cast iron.Impellers are enclosed, dynamically balanced & locked to the bowlshaft & are Ni / Bz bronze. The impellers and bowls havereplaceable bronze wear rings. The pump shaft is a type 17-4phstainless steel. Bowl shaft bearings (bottom, series, and top) arebronze. The bottom bearing is permanently lubricated bya non-soluble grease. The series case & top case bearingare product water lubricated. All bolting is stainless steel.- One(1) – item of column, flanged-bottom 18” O.D. – 1/2” wall x 72.25”long fabricated from steel plate & pipe w/ 1.50” thick flanges havingaligning registers with weld in spiders, marine type bronze backedfluted viton rubber bearings and Buna N column o-rings. Includeslifting lugs w/ support pads and 16- 1-1/8” diameter holes on a- 21” bolt circle. All bolts, nuts and washers to be stainless steel.- And .- One(1) – item of column, flanged-top 18” O.D. – 1/2” wall x 72.25” longfabricated from steel plate & pipe w/ 1.50” thick flanges having aligningregisters with weld in spiders, marine type bronze backed fluted vitonrubber bearings and Buna N column orings. Includes lifting lugs w/support pads and 16- 1-1/8” diameter holes on a 21” bolt circle. Allbolts, nuts and washers to be stainless steel.- One(1) – item of shafting, line 3-1/4” ∅ in lengths appropriate for eachcolumn section of type 416 stainless steel w/ keyed line shaft couplingsof similar material.- One(1) – shaft, head 3-1/4” ∅ of type 416 stainless steel with chromeplating at stuffing box area.- One(1) – pump to motor adjustable type coupling, to transmit torquefrom motor, thrust from pump, and to set impeller lift in zinc plated lowcarbon steel.- One(1) – discharge head with 18” – flanged miter discharge elbowfabricated of ASTM A-36 steel that includes a machined base plate w/aligning register for column, machined stuffing box plate, andmachined motor flange with aligning register. Couplingaccess windows each have a coupling guard, hinged (316 s.s.).

- One(1) – item of surface preparation for painting…blast clean allsurfaces to be coated.- One(1) – item of coating inside of bowl with Belzona 1341NSF, outsideof bowl, inside and outside of column, inside discharge elbow andnozzle and underside of motor pedestal with three coats of TnemecSeries 140 Pot-a-Pox Plus (4 mils per coat). Exterior of discharge headto receive one primer coat of Tnemec Series 69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II(4 to 6 mils dft) and one finish coat of Tnemec Series 75 Endura-Shield(3 to 5 mils dft) Motors to be supplied with manufacturers standardpaint. (Finish Color of Motor and Discharge Head to be selected byOwner)- One(1) – item of field assembly as required.- One(1) – Impeller jacking unit.- One(1) – Spreader Bar and Lifting slings and shackles.One(1) – Vertical solid shaft premium efficient invertor motor.1500 hp @ 1200 rpm 4000v / 3 ph / 60 cyc 1.15 s.f.- Class F insulation.- Locked Rotor Code F.- Stator Form wound- Copper Bar Rotor- 50deg C maximum ambient- Weather Protected Nema Type I Enclosure- Space heaters, 120v, 1 ph terminated in separate j-box.- Antifriction type thrust bearing, oil lube, insulated, air cooled.- Antifriction type guide bearing, oil lube, un-insulated, & air cooled.- Stator winding RTD”s- Bearing RTD’s- Motor Terminal Box,- Accessory terminal boxes as required.- Noise is limited to 85 dBAH:\WINWORD\166349a TPS Scope of Supply.doc / Matt Ramburger

Smith Pump CompanyWard County Water Supply Expansion ProjectService: Vertical TurbineModel: 25EKM-5Tag: TPS-P1/P2/P3/P4Customer P.O.#: PU18771Flowserve Corp.#: 047-79876Shop Order #: S005703S/N: 12XXMS005703-1/4January 12, 2012Revision AFlowserve Pump Division5310 Taneytown PikeTaneytown, MD 21787410 756-2602

TABLE OF CONTENTSSECTION 1Comments & ClarificationsProduction ScheduleGeneral Arrangement Drawing & Recommended DimensionsNameplate DrawingPump Performance DataPerformance CurveMaterials ListCross-Sectional DrawingsShop Surface Preparation & Coating SystemPump Test ProceduresManufacturer's Warranty

January 12, 2012Comments & ClarificationsSpec. Section: 44 42 56.02 VERTICAL TURBINE PUMPING UNITSContractor: Smith Pump CompanyTag: TPS-P1/P2/P3/P4Project: Ward County Water Supply Shop Order: S005703Service: Vertical TurbineS/N: 12XXMS005703-1/4P.O.: PU18771Rev: AFlowserve Pump Division respectfully submits the following comments to the ConstructionSubmittal Review.Flowserve is supplying only the bowl assembly portion of the pumping unit.1.07.A.5. The pump bowl assemblies furnished are guaranteed to withstand 150% ofthe rated speed in the event of power failure at the TPS.Per Proposal Date 11/9/11, the following items are not included:A. Engineering Analyses.B. Assembly or match-marking of complete built-up pump.C. Any installation or Field Services, field testing, test instruments, vibration analysis ornoise testing.D. Vibration isolation equipment.E. Seal water or drain accessories such as piping, flow indicators, pressure reducingvalves, Y-strainers, fittings or tubing.F. Gauges and T cocks, or accessories.G. Templates, soleplates/sub-base plates, anchor bolts.H. Spare parts.I. Motors, VFDs, or any type of controls, instrumentation, MCCs, starters, power factorcorrrection capacitors, or their spare parts, panels, cable, wiring, conduits, temperature orvibration probes, transducers, remote controls, or monitoring systems.J. Standard tools or tool chests, lubricants, grease fitting extensions or guns.K. Any travel arrangements or expenses for witnesses or inspectors at Flowserve.L. Field painting, touch-up paint supplies.M. Long term storage packaging.N. Operator training or training programs.O. Impeller jacking unit.

January 12, 2012Nameplate Drawing / Bowl AssembliesContractor: Smith Pump CompanyProject: Ward County WateService: Vertical TurbineP.O.: PU18771Tag: TPS-P1/P2/P3/P4Shop Order: S005703S/N: 12XXMS005703-1/4Rev: APrimary Nameplate25EKM‐56945 GPM, 601.9 FT12XXMS005703‐1/2/3/4

January 12, 2012Pump Performance DataContractor: Smith Pump CompanyTag: TPS-P1/P2/P3/P4Project: Ward County Water Supp Shop Order: S005703Service: Vertical TurbineS/N: 12XXMS005703-1/4P.O.: PU18771Rev: BPerformance of subject tags at maximum pump speed of1190 RPM is as follows:Maximum Shut-Off Head:Design Flow:Design Flow Bowl Head:Design Flow Bowl Efficiency:839.6 FT.6945 GPM576.9 FT.85.3 %Flowserve only guarantees the design point* Refer to performance curve on the following page

Customer : CRMWD Pump size & type : 25EKMItem number : TPS-P1/P4 hd 576 ft Based on curve no. : EC-2013Service : transmission Number of stages : 5Vendor reference : 5496-10058 Capacity : 6945.0 USgpm Specific gravity : 1.000Date : January 23, 2012 Head : 576.00 ft Pump speed : 1190 rpmTest tolerance : Hydraulic Institute Level ACURVES ARE APPROXIMATE, PUMP IS GUARANTEED FOR ONE SET OF CONDITIONS, CAPACITY, HEAD, AND EFFICIENCY.1600Bowl performance shown below is corrected for materials, viscosity and construction.Power - hp1200800400Power0100020.20 in Maximum100900MCSF9080070060019.20 in Rated17.50 in MinimumEfficiency807060Head - ft500400300504030Efficiency20040NPSHr1002000 4000 8000 12000Capacity - USgpmBowl head of 576.9 ft corresponds with 576.0 ft head at mounting surface adjusted for elevation and friction losses.NPSHr - ft20100WinPROS+ V3.3.3

Pump size & type25EKMFlowserve Pump DivisionCurve numberEC-2013Capacity: 6945.0 USgpmSpecific gravity : 1.000Stage(s) : 51000Head: 576.0 ftRunning speed: 1190 rpmDate : Jan 23, 20121009009019.20 in80080700706006050050Head - ft4003001071 rpm1190 rpm4030Efficiency952 rpm200833 rpm40201000595 rpm714 rpm20NPSHr - ft1000 4000 8000 12000Capacity - USgpm

H:\2001PROJECTS\VERTICAL TURBINE\[FLSVTP - CRMWD - Ward County - 4000 volt.xls]INPUT & CALC.WIRE TO WATER EFFICIENCY CALCULATIONSOLID SHAFT VERTICAL TURBINE WORKSHEETCRMWD - Ward CountyTPS P1, P2, P3, P4CALCULATION OF WIRE TO WATER EFFICIENCYBASED ON PUMP & MOTOR DATA ANDBASED ON PUMP OPERATION WITH PROJECTSYSTEM CURVE AT RATED HEAD.MANUFACTURERPUMP MODELFlow, gpmFlowserve25 EKM - 5 Stage6945Head, ft 576Bowl Eff - % PER TEST 85.3%Bowl HP 1,184.27FRICTION CALCULATIONS:Column; 0.51Head; 0.71Total Friction Loss, ft 1.22TOTAL LAB HEAD, ft 576.00Total Friction Head, ft 1.22TOTAL FIELD HEAD, ft 577.22Shaft BHP 0.55Bowl BHP 1,184.27TOTAL PUMP HORSEPOWER 1,184.82PUMP FIELD EFFICIENCY - % 85.1%Motor Efficiency w/o Thrust, 95.3%Downthrust, lbs 26160Input Motor Horsepower = BHPp/EFFmtr 1,242.99Thrust BHP = thrust x rpm x 7.5x10 -8 2.33Total Input BHP 1245.33MOTOR EFFICIENCY w/ thrust load, % 95.1%WIRE TO WATER EFFICIENCY, % 80.9%

Material ListCustomer: Smith Pump CompanyOrder Number: 047-79876Size & Type: 25EKM-5Quantity: 4Date: 12/19/2011Ref. No.Bowl Assembly Assembly Cross Section: 901.14Name of PartMaterial2 Impeller ALUMINUM BRONZE / ASTM B148 ALLOY C9526 Pump Shaft A564 17-4 PH STAINLESS STEEL8 Impeller Wear Ring AL-BRONZE / ASTM B148 ALLOY C95226 Cap Screw 316 STAINLESS STEEL32 Key 316 STAINLESS STEEL55 Suction Bell CAST IRON125 Grease Plug STEEL / ASTM A105310 Bowl CAST IRON312 Split Thrust Ring (Impeller) 316 STAINLESS STEEL319 Bowl Wear Ring AL-BRONZE / ASTM B148 ALLOY C952322 Bowl Bearing BRONZE / ASTM B271 ALLOY C93200323 Suction Bearing BRONZE / ASTM B271 ALLOY C93200356 Cap Screw 316 STAINLESS STEEL357 Nut 316 STAINLESS STEEL358 Cap Screw 316 STAINLESS STEEL430 O-Ring RUBBER / BUNA-N472 Diffusion Cone STEEL / ASTM A108 GRADE 1018

January 12, 2012Shop Surface Preparation & Coating SystemContractor: Smith Pump CompanyTag: TPS-P1/P2/P3/P4Project: Ward County Water Supp Shop Order: S005703Service: Vertical TurbineS/N: 12XXMS005703-1/4P.O.: PU18771Rev: ACoating DetailsInterior of Bowl Assembly will receive:>Surface preparation to SSPC-SP10.>One coat of Belzona 1341N Supermetalglide, 10 mils DFT.*Exterior of Bowl Assembly will receive:>Surface preparation to SSPC-SP6.>One prime coat of Tnemec Series N140F, Pota-Pox Plus, F1211 Red, 4-6 mils DFT.>Finish coat of Tnemec Series N140F, Pota-Pox Plus, 15BL Tank White, 4-6 mils DFT.>Total System: Minimum 10 mils DFT.Coating Data SheetsData sheets for the coatings specified above are following this page.

POTA-POX ® PLUSPRODUCT DATA SHEETN140F or V140FPRODUCT PROFILEGENERIC DESCRIPTIONCOMMON USAGECOLORSSPECIAL QUALIFICATIONSPERFORMANCE CRITERIAPolyamidoamine EpoxyInnovative potable water coating which offers high-build edge protection and allows for application at a wide range oftemperatures (down to 35°F or 2°C). For use on the interior and exterior of steel or concrete tanks, reservoirs, pipes,valves, pumps and equipment in potable water service. Note: Series V140F conforms with air pollution regulationslimiting Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) to a maximum of 250 grams/litre (2.08 lbs/gal). In areas requiring less than100 grams/litre VOC, please refer to the Series L140F data sheet.F1211 Fast Cure Red, F1255 Fast Cure Beige, 11WH Fast Cure White, 15BL Fast Cure Tank White, 39BL Fast Cure DelftBlue, 35GR Fast Cure Black. Note: Epoxies chalk with extended exposure to sunlight. Lack of ventilation, incompletemixing, miscatalyzation or the use of heaters that emit carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide during application and initialstages of curing may cause yellowing to occur.Certified by NSF International in accordance with NSF/ANSI Std. 61. Ambient air cured Series N140F is qualified for useon tanks and reservoirs of 1,000 gallons (3,785L) capacity or greater, pipes 14 inches (30 cm) in diameter or greater andvalves four (4) inches (10 cm) in diameter or greater. Series V140F is qualified for use on tanks of 20,000 gallons (75,708L)capacity or greater, valves two (2) inches (5 cm) in diameter or greater and fittings 1/2 inch (1 cm) in diameter or greater.Note: NSF certification for Series V140F applies to colors 1211 Red, 1255 Beige and 15BL Tank White only. Conforms toAWWA D 102 Inside Systems No. 1 and No. 2. Contact your Tnemec representative for systems and additionalinformation. A two-coat system at 4.0-6.0 dry mils (100-150 dry microns) per coat passes the performance requirements ofMIL-PRF-4556F for fuel storage. Reference the "Search Listings" section of the NSF website at www.nsf.org for details onthe maximum allowable DFT.Extensive test data available. Contact your Tnemec representative for specific test results.COATING SYSTEMPRIMERSTOPCOATSSelf-priming, 20, FC20, 22, 91-H 2 O, 94-H 2 O, L140, L140F, N140, V140, V140FInterior: Series 20, FC20, 22, L140, L140F, N140, V140, V140FExterior: Series 27, 66, L69, L69F, N69, N69F, V69, V69F, 73, L140, L140F, N140, N140F, V140, V140F, 161, 180, 1074,1074U, 1075, 1075U, 1080, 1081. Refer to COLORS on applicable topcoat data sheets for additional information. Note: Thefollowing recoat times apply for Series N140F: Immersion Service—Surface must be scarified after 30 days. AtmosphericService—After 30 days, scarification or an epoxy tie-coat is required. Contact your Tnemec representative for specificrecommendations.SURFACE PREPARATIONPRIMED STEELSTEELCAST/DUCTILE IRONCONCRETEALL SURFACESImmersion Service: Scarify the Series N140F, 20 or FC20 prime coat surface by abrasive blasting with fine abrasive beforetopcoating if it has been exterior exposed for 30 days or longer and N140F is the specified topcoat.Immersion Service: SSPC-SP10/NACE 2 Near-White Blast Cleaning with a minimum angular anchor profile of 1.5 milsNon-Immersion Service: SSPC-SP6/NACE 3 Commercial Blast Cleaning with a minimum angular anchor profile of 1.5 mils.Contact Tnemec Technical Services.Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. For optimum results and/or immersion service, abrasive blast referencing SSPC-SP13/NACE 6, ICRI-CSP 2-4 Surface Preparation of Concrete and Tnemec’s Surface Preparation and Application Guide. Fillall holes, pits, voids and cracks with 63-1500, 215 or 218.Must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants.TECHNICAL DATAVOLUME SOLIDS 68.0 ± 2.0% (mixed) †RECOMMENDED DFT 2.0 to 10.0 mils (50 to 225 microns) per coat. Note: MIL-PRF-4556F applications require two coats at 4.0-6.0 mils (100-150microns) per coat. Otherwise, the number of coats and thickness requirements will vary with substrate, applicationmethod and exposure. Contact your Tnemec representative.CURING TIME AT 5 MILS DFTTemperature To Handle To Recoat Immersion75°F (24°C) 4 hours 5 hours 7 days65°F (18°C) 7-8 hours 9-11 hours 8 days55°F (13°C) 12-14 hours 16-20 hours 9-10 days45°F (7°C) 18-22 hours 28-32 hours 12-13 days35°F (2°C) 28-32 hours 46-50 hours 16-18 daysCuring time varies with surface temperature, air movement, humidity and film thickness.Note: For valve applications allow 14 days cure at 75°F (24°C) prior to immersion. For pipe applications allow 30 dayscure at 75°F (24°C) prior to immersion. Ventilation: When used in enclosed areas, provide adequate ventilation duringapplication and cure.VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS N140F: Unthinned: 2.3 lbs/gallon (273 grams/litre) V140F: Unthinned: 1.84 lbs/gallon (221 grams/litre)Thinned 5% (#60): 2.5 lbs/gallon (299 grams/litre) Thinned 4.5% (#4): 2.08 lbs/gallon (250 grams/litre)Thinned 10% (#4): 2.7 lbs/gallon (323 grams/litre) †HAPS N140F: Unthinned: 2.3 lbs/gal solids Thinned 5% (#60): 2.3 lbs/gal solids Thinned 10% (#4): 3.1 lbs/gal solidsV140F: Unthinned: 1.96 lbs/gal solids Thinned 4.5% (#4): 2.3 lbs/gal solidsTHEORETICAL COVERAGE 1,094 mil sq ft/gal (26.8 m²/L at 25 microns). See APPLICATION for coverage rates. †NUMBER OF COMPONENTSTwo: Part A (amine) and Part B (epoxy)PACKAGING 5 gallon (18.9L) pails and 1 gallon (3.79L) cans — Order in multiples of 2.© 7/29/2009, by Tnemec Co., Inc.Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.comshould be referenced for the most current technical data and instructions or you may contact your Tnemec representativefor current technical data and instructions.Page 1 of 2

PRODUCT DATA SHEETPOTA-POX ® PLUS | N140F or V140FNET WEIGHT PER GALLON N140F: 12.68 ± 0.25 lbs (5.75 ± .11 kg) (mixed) V140F: 13.02 ± 0.25 lbs (5.91 ± .11 kg) (mixed) †STORAGE TEMPERATURE Minimum 20°F (-7°C) Maximum 110°F (43°C)For optimum application properties, material temperature should be above 60°F (16°C) prior to application.TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE (Dry) Continuous 250°F (121°C) Intermittent 275°F (135°C)APPLICATIONSHELF LIFE24 months at recommended storage temperature.FLASH POINT - SETA N140F & V140F Part A: 82°F (28°C) N140F Part B: 80°F (27°C) V140F Part B: 86°F (30°C)HEALTH & SAFETYCOVERAGE RATESPaint products contain chemical ingredients which are considered hazardous. Read container label warning and MaterialSafety Data Sheet for important health and safety information prior to the use of this product.Keep out of the reach of children.Dry Mils (Microns) Wet Mils (Microns) Sq Ft/Gal (m²/Gal)Suggested 6.0 (150) 9.0 (230) 182 (16.9)Minimum 2.0 (50) 3.0 (75) 545 (50.7)Maximum 10.0 (225) 15.0 (375) 109 (10.1)Note: Roller or brush application requires two or more coats to obtain recommended film thickness. Allow for oversprayand surface irregularities. Wet film thickness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating belowminimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance. Referencethe “Search Listings” section of the NSF website at www.nsf.org for details on the maximum allowable DFT. †MIXING l. Start with equal amounts of both Parts A & B.2. Using a power mixer, separately stir Parts A & B.3. Add Part A to Part B under agitation, stir until thoroughly mixed.4. Both components should be above 50°F (10°C) prior to mixing. For application to surfaces between 35°F to 50°F (2°Cto 10°C), allow mixed material to stand thirty (30) minutes and restir before using. For optimum application properties,blended components should be above 40°F (4°C).THINNINGAPPLICATION EQUIPMENTUse No. 4 or No. 60 Thinner for N140F. Use No. 4 Thinner for V140F. For air spray, thin up to 10% or 3/4 pint (380 mL)per gallon with No. 4 Thinner or thin up to 5% or 1/4 pint (190 mL) per gallon with No. 60 Thinner. For airless spray,roller or brush, thin up to 5% or 1/4 pint (190 mL) per gallon. Caution: Series N140F NSF certification is based on thinningwith No. 4 or No. 60 Thinner for tanks and only No. 60 Thinner for pipe and valves. Series V140F NSF certification isbased on thinning with No. 4 Thinner only. Use of any other thinner voids ANSI/NSF Std. 61 certification. Note: Whenusing Series V140F, a maximum of 4.5% of No. 4 Thinner may be used to comply with VOC regulations.POT LIFE 4 hours at 35°F (2°C) 2 hours at 77°F (25°C) 1 hour at 100°F (38°C)Air SprayGun Fluid Tip Air Cap Air Hose ID Mat’l Hose IDDeVilbiss JGA E 765 or 7045/16” or 3/8”(7.9 or 9.5 mm)Low temperatures or longer hoses require higher pot pressure.Airless Spray3/8” or 1/2”(9.5 or 12.7mm)AtomizingPressure75-100 psi(5.2-6.9 bar)Pot Pressure10-20 psi(0.7-1.4 bar)Tip Orifice Atomizing Pressure Mat’l Hose ID Manifold Filter0.015”-0.019”(380-485 microns)3000-4800 psi(207-330 bar)1/4” or 3/8”(6.4 or 9.5 mm)60 mesh(250 microns)Use appropriate tip/atomizing pressure for equipment, applicator technique and weather conditions.Roller: Roller application optional when environmental restrictions do not allow spraying. Use 3/8” or 1/2” (9.5 mm to12.7 mm) synthetic woven nap roller covers.Brush: Recommended for small areas only. Use high quality natural or synthetic bristle brushes.SURFACE TEMPERATURE Minimum 35°F (2°C) Maximum 135°F (57°C)The surface should be dry and at least 5°F (3°C) above the dew point. Coating won’t cure below minimum surfacetemperature.CLEANUPFlush and clean all equipment immediately after use with the recommended thinner or MEK.† Values may vary with color.WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF SELLER'S LIABILITY: Tnemec Company, Inc. warrants only that its coatings represented herein meet the formulation standards of Tnemec Company, Inc. THEWARRANTY DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE PARAGRAPH SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIEDWARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES THAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. Thebuyer's sole and exclusive remedy against Tnemec Company, Inc. shall be for replacement of the product in the event a defective condition of the product should be found to exist and theexclusive remedy shall not have failed its essential purpose as long as Tnemec is willing to provide comparable replacement product to the buyer. NO OTHER REMEDY (INCLUDING, BUT NOTLIMITED TO, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY, ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTALOR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS) SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE BUYER. Technical and application information herein is provided for the purpose of establishing a general profile of the coating andproper coating application procedures. Test performance results were obtained in a controlled environment and Tnemec Company makes no claim that these tests or any other tests, accuratelyrepresent all environments. As application, environmental and design factors can vary significantly, due care should be exercised in the selection and use of the coating.Tnemec Company Incorporated 6800 Corporate Drive Kansas City, Missouri 64120-1372 1-800-TNEMEC1 Fax: 1-816-483-3969 www.tnemec.com© 7/29/2009, by Tnemec Co., Inc.PDSN140F Page 2 of 2

January 12, 2012Pump Test ProceduresFlowserve Corp. #: 047-79876Model: 25EKM-5Customer: Smith Pump CompanyCustomer Order #: PU18771Project: Ward County Water Supply Expansion ProjectQuantity Tested: 4HYDROSTATIC TESTINGThe above pumps will be hydraulically tested at 565 PSIG with a hold time of 5 minutes. Acertified hydraulic sheet will be filled out and sent with documentation.PERFORMANCE TESTINGThe pump bowl assemblies listed above will be tested for performance in accordance with theattached procedure. Curves will be drawn from the test data to show the head, consumedpower and efficiency vs. the flow.For variable speed applications, multispeed curves can be generated from test speed data byuse of affinity laws.Pumps will be tested using a calibrated shop driver.All testing is based on Hydraulic Institute test code.Performance test will be witnessed by a registered Professional Engineer.

Pump PerformanceTest ProceduresThe following are the primary parameters measured during the pump performance test.1. SUCTION HEADA pressure transducer will be connected to a piezometer ring at the suction pipe. Thisgauge will read suction pressure in inches of Mercury.Suction pressure will be referenced to the water level.2. DISCHARGE HEADA direct reading calibrated Bourdon gauge or pressure transducer will be connected to apiezometer ring at the pump discharge pipe. This gauge will read discharge head inPSIG at the centerline of the gauge.3. CAPACITYA calibrated magnetic flowmeter will be used to measure capacity.4. SPEEDA direct reading digital tachometer will be used to measure speed.5. POWER INPUT TO THE PUMPA Multilin relay (Total Measuring system supplied by GE for measuring power, voltageand current) will be used to measure the power input to the motor. The motor calibrationcurve will then be used to determine the power input into the pump.6. PUMP BRAKE HORSEPOWERA calibrated polyphase wattmeter or Multilin Relay will be used to measure electricalpower into the motor used for test. Brake horsepower will be calculated as follows:BHP = METER READING x METER FACTOR x MOTOR EFFICIENCY1000 x .7457

TEST READINGS1. SPEED: Direct reading2. SUCTION: Gage reading PSIG or IN-HG3. DISCHARGE: Gage reading PSIG or IN-HG4. CAPACITY: Magnetic Flowmeter reading5. POWER: Power meter reading6. TEMP.: Water temperature in degrees F.CALCULATIONSSPEED:SUCTION HEAD:DISCHARGE HEAD:CAPACITY:POWER:Direct reading0 at water level for performanceFor gage with readings corrected for gage calibrationPSI x 2.31 = feet of waterDirect readingReading x power factor = input to motor in wattsTOTAL HEAD:PUMP EFF:Discharge head - suction head + distance betweengages + velocity head difference between dischargeand suction at points of pressure measurement.GPM x TH3960 x BHP

SAMPLE CALCULATIONINPUT DATA TEST POINTSPEED SUCTION DISCHARGE CAPACITYPOWER/ ( ) / ( ) / ( )CAPACITY = Meter ReadingTOTAL HEADTH (feet) = Discharge + Suction Gauge Elevation Difference= ( x 2.31) + ( x 1.133) =HORSEPOWERInput Watts =Meter Reading x Meter Factor= xBHP = (KW/.7457) x Motor Efficiency =EFFICIENCY - PumpEFF =GPM x TH3960 x BHP= x3960 x

January 12, 2012Manufacturer's WarrantyContractor: Smith Pump CompanyTag: TPS-P1/P2/P3/P4Project: Ward County Water Supp Shop Order: S005703Service: Vertical TurbineS/N: 12XXMS005703-1/4P.O.: PU18771Rev: AThe Company warrants that the Equipment will be free of defects in material andworkmanship for a period of twenty-four (24) months from the date of placing the Equipmentin operation, or thirty (30) months from the date of shipment, whichever shall first occur.The Owner shall promptly report any failure to conform to this warranty, in writing to theCompany within said period, whereupon the Company shall, at its opinion, repair theEquipment or furnish a replacement part F.O.B. point of shipment, provided the Owner hasstored, installed, maintained and operated the Equipment in accordance with goodindustry practices. The Company shall not be liable for any repairs, replacements, oradjustments to the Equipment or any costs of labor performed by the Owner or otherswithout prior written agreement. Title to and risk of loss of any Equipment being repairedshall remain with Owner at all times.The effects of corrosion, erosion, and normal wear and tear due to operation or theenvironment are specifically excluded.The Company makes no other warranty or representation whatsoever, expressed orimplied in fact or by law, except that of title, and all implied warranties or merchantabilityor fitness for a particular use or purpose, are hereby disclaimed.

Rains-Flo Sealing Systems Ideal for Vertical Turbine PumpsRains-Flo Sealing Systems are anexcellent choice in VerticalTurbines. Rains-Flo will allow youto offer a Packing System that willlast three times longer whencompared to braided packing.Rains-Flo’s design will reducestuffing box pressure, extendshaft/sleeve life and greatly reduceleakage. With Rains-Flo, leakagecan be kept to a weep or even dripfree for a period of time withoutdamaging the pump. Rains-FloSystems will force the leakage outthrough the bleed-off pipe(s),which will reduce stuffing boxpressure. This will also keep thebearing cool and lubricated,preventing excessive wear. Thesealing concepts of Rains-FloPacking Systems will keep thepump operating longer with lessmaintenance and cost. Packingarrangements may changedepending on discharge pressureand lantern ring(s) locations.Rains-Flo has answers toleaking problems.For further information and pricing callSmith Pump Company(800) 299-8909Fax (254) 776-0023CDAEBLantern ring(s) position may varyLeakage to ReservoirFLow Pressure Sealing System High Pressure Sealing SystemLeakage to ReservoirA – Packing GlandB – ShaftC – Rains-Flo PackingD – Lantern RingE – Stuffing BoxF – Bleed-off PipeF

8/18/2011 Rainsflo Sealing SystemsThe Rains-Flo Sealing Concept began with the invention by founder Robert H. Rains of a totally new andunique metallic packing - made with materials which would undergo cold flow to form a self-lubricating, bearinglike,non-abrasive seal packing.The reasons behind the widespread success and continued use of the Rains-Flo GFM® (Granulated, Flowable,Material) Packing Sealing Systems are:The least shaft/sleeve wear obtainable with any packing – a key feature for large diameter shafts inprocess equipment. The ability to inhibit shaft grooving keeps leakage rates to the lowest possible level.Shutdown time for critical production equipment in order to remetalize shafts or change sleeves isminimized.The self-lubricating and heat conductive features may permit the elimination of lantern rings andsupplemental lubrication. Asbestos and plastic fiber type packings are heat insulating and become "dry",unadaptive, and abrasive with age. Rains-Flo GFM® Packing dissipates the heat to prevent localized hotspots which result in shaft/sleeve grooving.The "flow" characteristic is really three features. The first is the response of GFM® Packing to the shapeof the stuffing box. Any irregularities such as shaft/sleeve contour or eccentricity of the sleeve to thestuffing box bore are easily compensated for. The second "flow" characteristic is due to the GFMPacking wearing rather than the shaft. As the packing wears, the gland is adjusted to maintain propertightness. Eventually, the gland will bottom-out and a new GFM Ring can be installed. This "Add-A-Ring Maintenance" feature can continue until the leakage becomes excessive or the equipment receivesother maintenance requiring packing removal. The third "flow" characteristic is the continuous release ofstored lubrication throughout the life of Rains-Flow GFM Packings.Rains-Flo GFM® Red and Black Rings are a mechanical combination which minimizes extrusion,maximizes gland force transfer to the stuffing box base, and yet adapts to changes in shaft/sleeve condition.The GFM® Red Rings contain larger, tougher particles to resist extrusion forces, while the GFM® BlackRings contain smaller and more adaptable particles in order to more quickly seat to the shaft/sleeve.Rains-Flo – The Complete Sealing SolutionCompression packings potentially provide the easiest and most economical method for sealing. Rains-Flo SealingSystems are your best choice for premium packing/sealing performance. Fulfilling the sealing requirements ofwater pumps is as equally refined for cost and reliability as for the toughest multi-stage, abrasive applications.The evaluation of total sealing costs, when comparing the Rains-Flo Sealing Systems to mechanical seals orhttp://www.rainsflo.com/ 1/2

8/18/2011 Rainsflo Sealing Systemsconventional packings, reveals that the long-term reliability of Rains-Flo Sealing Systems gives the best economicresults. Rains-Flo Collars provide the long-term resiliency. Rains-Flo GFM® Packings provide extendedlubrication to the collars, increased shaft/sleeve life and, through "Add-A-Ring Maintenance", provides thelongest packing life by reducing the need for complete packing replacements. Rains-Flo Sealing Systems offerthe complete sealing solution for all your compression packing needs.Rains-Flo Sealing Systems have been sealing pumps, process equipment, mixers, augers and valves for manyyears with great success. Rains-Flo has designed packing systems to dramatically improve the sealingperformance of your equipment. Our packing systems are called a Rains-Flo Sealing System. Once Rains-FloSealing Systems have been installed in your equipment, Rains-Flo will outperform any other type or brand ofpacking available in today's market. Rains-Flo will allow the equipment to stay operating for a longer period oftime with less maintenance, reducing operating costs. Rains-Flo Sealing Systems also will give sealingperformance comparable to a mechanical seal without the high cost and catastrophic failures.Rains-Flo Sealing Systems have been involved with many different applications and industries such as:Adhesives, Asphalt, Chemical, Gypsum, Ink, Mining, Molasses, Petroleum, Paint, Power, Pulp & Paper,Rendering, Resin, Sewage, Sludge, Slurry, Soap, Starch, Water, etc.http://www.rainsflo.com/ 2/2

1" NPTD1.25D8 X . 875THRU ALL1 -8 UNC THRU ALLON44.000B.C.1" NPT29.00048"39.9971 1/2"79.501 1/2"46"2.2518" 300#FF FLANGE8"SPLITTERPLATE30.0028.0024X1.375ON24.750B.C.-REV---DATEDIMENSIONS IN INCHES UNLESS NOTEDTOLERANCESDECIMALSANGLES.X +/-.1NO DEC +/-2.XX +/-.06.X +/-1.XXX +/-.030 .XX +/-.5.XXXX +/-.0015 .XXX +/-.25FINISH ALL MACHINED SURFACES 250 RaBREAK ALL CORNERS AND SHARP EDGES .010/.030RADIUS ALL FILLETS .015/.040 RCHAMFER ALL THREADED HOLES 90/120TO A DEPTH OF ONE THREAD +/-.030SCREW THREAD STANDARDS PER FED-STD-H2BPRODUCT:---DESCRIPTIONSMITH PUMPCOMPANYDISCHARGE HEAD SUBMITTAL---BYPROJECT:TRANSMISSION PUMPS P1-P4SECTION D-DMACHINED & TAPPED FOR18" COLUMN PIPE23.00" FLANGE OD16x 1"-8 UNC ON 21.00" B.C.OWNER:CNTRCTR:ENG:PROJECT:COLORADO RIVER MWDGARNEY COMPANIESFREESE AND NICHOLS, INC.166349-01P/N:5013-032QTY:4TPSDRAWING:DATE1/31/12BYT:\CAD..\5013\5013-032 SUBMITTALLSWSCALE1 : 20CKMWRREV-

16x1.125THRUON21.000B.C.11.25°23.0012.0REF5.0REF2.8823.0025"A1.5072.2501.5011.25°A21.000B.C.1.125THRU16xSECTION A-ANOTES:1.ESTIMATED WEIGHT 710 LBS.TPS- ---REV DATEDESCRIPTIONDIMENSIONS IN INCHES UNLESS NOTEDTOLERANCESDECIMALSANGLES.X +/-.1NO DEC +/-2.XX +/-.06.X +/-1.XXX +/-.030 .XX +/-.5.XXXX +/-.0015 .XXX +/-.25DATE1/27/12---FINISH ALL MACHINED SURFACES 250 RaBREAK ALL CORNERS AND SHARP EDGES .010/.030RADIUS ALL FILLETS .015/.040 RCHAMFER ALL THREADED HOLES 90/120TO A DEPTH OF ONE THREAD +/-.030SCREW THREAD STANDARDS PER FED-STD-H2BPRODUCT:PROJECT:OWNER:CNTRCTR:ENG:PROJECT:DRAWING:COLUMN 18 X 72.25"TRANSMISSION PUMPS P1-P4COLORADO RIVER MWDGARNEY COMPANIESFREESE AND NICHOLS, INC.166349-01BYSMITH PUMPCOMPANY5002-081T:\CAD..\50002\50002-081 SUBMITTALLSWSCALE1 : 8P/N:CKMWRQTY:REV---BY4-

16X . 656THRU ALL3 /4-10 UNC THRU ALLON22.375B.C.24.2518"12.0REF5.0REF2.823.0025"OVERLUGSA1.5001.5011.25°21.000B.C.1.125THRU16x72.250SECTION A-AANOTE:1. ESTIMATED MACHINED WEIGHT 700 LBS.TPS-REV---DATE---DESCRIPTION---BYDIMENSIONS IN INCHES UNLESS NOTEDTOLERANCESDECIMALSANGLES.X +/-.1NO DEC +/-2.XX +/-.06.X +/-1.XXX +/-.030 .XX +/-.5.XXXX +/-.0015 .XXX +/-.25FINISH ALL MACHINED SURFACES 250 RaBREAK ALL CORNERS AND SHARP EDGES .010/.030RADIUS ALL FILLETS .015/.040 RCHAMFER ALL THREADED HOLES 90/120TO A DEPTH OF ONE THREAD +/-.030SCREW THREAD STANDARDS PER FED-STD-H2BPRODUCT:PROJECT:OWNER:CNTRCTR:ENG:PROJECT:DRAWING:DATE1/27/12SMITH PUMPCOMPANYCOLUMN 18 X 72.25"TRANSMISSION PUMPS P1-P4COLORADO RIVER MWDGARNEY COMPANIESFREESE AND NICHOLS, INC.166349-01 P/N: 5002-082BYT:\CAD..\50002\50002-082 SUBMITTALLSWSCALE1 : 8CKMWRQTY:REV4-

SPIRALLOCK RING GROOVECOUPLING SLEEVE 416 SSAXIAL KEYWAYSPLIT RING 416SSAXIAL KEYWAYSPIRALLOCK RING GROOVEKEYED SHAFT 416SSKEYED SHAFT 416SSAASPLIT RING 416SSSECTION A-ASCALE 1 : 6KEYS 416SSXREVDATEDIMENSIONS IN INCHES UNLESS NOTEDTOLERANCESDECIMALSANGLES.X +/-.1NO DEC +/-2.XX +/-.06.X +/-1.XXX +/-.030 .XX +/-.5.XXXX +/-.0015 .XXX +/-.25FINISH ALL MACHINED SURFACES 250 RaBREAK ALL CORNERS AND SHARP EDGES .010/.030RADIUS ALL FILLETS .015/.040 RCHAMFER ALL THREADED HOLES 90/120TO A DEPTH OF ONE THREAD +/-.030SCREW THREAD STANDARDS PER FED-STD-H2BPRODUCT:PROJECT:OWNER:ENGINEER:QUANTITY:X/XX/XXCONTRACTOR:DRAWING:SMITH PUMPCOMPANYGENERIC R & KEY COUPLING ASSY.VERTICAL TURBINE PUMPCITY OF ARLINGTON, TEXAS1XXXDATEBY12/12/06JMJDESCRIPTIO NARCHER WESTERN CONTRFREESE & NICHOLS, INC.T:\...\GENERIC SnapRing Shaft AssyASCALENTSCKCRTREVXXXBY-

SIZE 3SIZE 4SIZE 5SIZE 6SIZE 72.375 MOTOR SHAFT2.438 PUMP SHAFT30,000# DOWNTHRUST30 HP/100 RPM3.125 MOTOR SHAFT3.188 PUMP SHAFT50,000# DOWNTHRUST70 HP/100 RPM3.875 MOTOR SHAFT3.938 PUMP SHAFT80,000# DOWNTHRUST125 HP/100 RPM5.000 MOTOR SHAFT4.938 PUMP SHAFT150,000# DOWNTHRUST250 HP/100 RPM6.000 MOTOR SHAFT5.938 PUMP SHAFT200,000# DOWNTHRUST400 HP/100 RPMXREVX/XX/XXDATEXXXDESCRIPTIONSMITH PUMPCOMPANYPRODUCT:SIZE COMPARISONPROJECT:3 PC MOTOR COUPLINGSOWNER:SMITH PUMPCNTRCTR:NAENG:SMITH PUMPPROJECT:NAQTY:NAP/N:525X-XXXDRAWING:T:\CAD DWG\5250\525X SIZE COMPARISONDATE7/15/09BYLSWSCALENTSCKCRTREV-

TECO-WESTINGHOUSE MOTOR COMPANYROUND ROCK, TEXAS U.S.A.CUSTOMER SMITH PUMP COMPANY DATE - JAN 30, 2012CUSTOMER ORDER NO. PU18788APPLICATION ELECTRIC UTILITY PUMPS.O. 0A63AADATA FOR WORLD SERIES, VERTICAL, BRACKET TYPE INDUCTION MOTOR1. RATINGHP 1500 HERTZ 60.0 INSUL CLASS FRPM FL 1186 SERVICE FACTOR 1.15 KVA CODE EVOLTS 4000 RISE C (1.00 SF) 80 DUTY CONTINUOUSAMPS FL 197 METHOD DET NUMBER OF POLES 6PHASES 3 AMBIENT C 502. MECHANICALFRAME 5611 BRG TYPE SPHERICAL / BALLENCL TYPE WPI LUBE TYPE OIL / OIL MOTOR WK2 1893ROTATION(FROM NDE) CCW LOAD WK2 132573. STARTING PERFORMANCE NOMINAL100% VOLTS 80% VOLTSAMPS (LR) 1057 812AMPS (LR) % 538 413POWER FACTOR % 19.6 18.8START TORQUE % 92 55ACCELERATION SEC 9.7 21.9SAFE LOCK SEC FROM HOT 26.9 45.4SAFE LOCK SEC FROM COLD 31.5 53.3PULLOUT TORQUE AT 100% VOLTS = 229 %4. EFFICIENCY - NOMINALLOAD % 115 100 75 50EFFICIENCY % 94.99 95.32 95.65 95.435. POWER FACTOR - NOMINALLOAD % 115 100 75 50POWER FACTOR % 86.2 86.2 84.6 79.06. MOTOR CONSTANTS, PER UNIT ON 1119 KVA BASE:SUBTRANSIENT REACTANCE:0.154X/R : 27.68NOTE:NEITHER POWER FACTOR CORRECTION CAPACITORS NOR SURGE CAPACITORS CAN BECONNECTED TO THE MOTOR LEADS WHEN OPERATING ON VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE.

Curve 1 of 4I. Sanchez

Curve 2 of 4I. Sanchez

Curve 3 of 4I. Sanchez

Curve 4 of 4I. Sanchez

SMITH PUMP COMPANYWACO TEXASPO# PU18788TWMC Shop Order 0A63AAInstrument and Accessory ListItem Manufacturer Part number Qty Schematic CommentsStator Temperaturesensor Minco or equivalent S9785PA200T500Z120 6 7903A02 Embedded on stator windingUpper BearingTemperaturesensor Minco or equivalent S52PA159Z14 1 7903A49 Installed on bearingLower BearingTemperaturesensor Minco or equivalent S52PA285Z4 1 7903A49 Installed on bearingMotor Space2C16983H03 2Heater Chromalox or Minco 2C16983H05 2 8627A07Silicon rubber installed at coilends (2 heaters at each end)

WHEN ORDERING SPECIFY THE FOLLOWING.S9785NA100T625Z36 ← EXAMPLE OF PART NUMBERS9785NASPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NUMBER.SENSING ELEMENT:CA = COPPER;NA = NICKEL, .00672 TCR;NB = NICKEL, .00618 TCR;PA = PLATINUM, .00392 TCR;PD = PLATINUM, .00385 TCR 9.100 RTD LENGTH L IN .1" INCREMENTS (100 = 10.0").AVAILABLE IN FOUR LENGTHS:60 = 6.0" [152]; 200 = 20.0" [508];100 = 10.0" [254]; 300 = 30.0" [762].TLEAD INSULATION: T = TFE;K = POLYIMIDE.625 RTD WIDTH IN .001" INCREMENTS (625 = .625").MIN W = 219 (.219" [5,56]) FOR 3-LEADS;320 (.320" [8,13]) FOR 4-LEADS;MAX W = 956 (.956" [24,28]).ZNUMBER OF LEADS:Z = 3-LEADS;X = 4-LEADS (SEE MIN WIDTH ABOVE).36 LEAD LENGTH B IN INCHES.1. ELEMENT: COPPER, NICKEL, OR PLATINUM.2. RESISTANCE (LEADWIRE RESISTANCE IS EXCLUDED):CA COPPER: 10.00 OHMS ±.20% (10.02/9.98) AT 25°C (77°F),R/T TABLES #16-9 (°C) AND #17-9 (°F).NA NICKEL: 120.0 OHMS ±.5% (120.6/119.4) AT 0°C (32°F),R/T TABLES #7-120 (°C) AND #8-120 (°F).NB NICKEL: 100.0 OHMS ±.2% (100.2/99.8) AT 0°C (32°F),R/T CHARACTERISTICS FOLLOW NOMINAL VALUES IN DIN 43760.PA PLATINUM: 100.0 OHMS ±.5% (100.5/99.5) AT 0°C (32°F),R/T TABLES #1-100 (°C) AND #2-100 (°F).PD PLATINUM: 100.00 OHMS ±.12% (100.12/99.88) AT 0°C (32°F),R/T TABLES #5-100 (°C) AND #6-100 (°F).3. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 155°C (311°F), CLASS F INSULATION.4. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 3200 VOLTS RMS AT 60 Hz, MOMENTARILY,LEADWIRES TO OUTER SURFACES OF RTD AND LEADS, WITH 1 mAMAXIMUM LEAKAGE CURRENT.5. LEADS: AWG #22, STRANDED. SEE MODEL NUMBER MAKEUP ABOVEFOR LEAD INSULATION OPTIONS.6 LEAD LENGTH TOLERANCE:+1/-0" [+25/-0] FOR LEAD LENGTHS OF 24" [610] OR LESS;+5/-0% FOR LEAD LENGTHS GREATER THAN 24" [610].7. BODY MATERIAL: EPOXY GLASS.8 RTD WIDTH TOLERANCE:+.000/-.020 [+0,00/-0,51] FOR RTD WIDTH OF .500 [12,70] OR LESS;+.000/-.040 [+0,00/-1,02] FOR RTD WIDTH GREATER THAN .500 [12,70].9 THE PD MODEL WILL MEET THE RESISTANCE-TEMPERATURERELATIONSHIP AND TOLERANCES SPECIFIED IN IEC 751, CLASS B.0 SPECIAL TOLERANCE ON LOCATION OF COPPER ELEMENT:1.000 +.500/-.750" [25,40 +12,70/-19,05].Print Date: 05/07/2010 16:04

WHEN ORDERING SPECIFY SENSING ELEMENT, CASE LENGTH, NUMBER OFLEADS, AND LEAD LENGTH.S52PA124Y24 ← EXAMPLE OF MODEL NUMBERS52PASPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NUMBER.SENSING ELEMENT:CA = COPPER;FA = NICKEL-IRON;NA = NICKEL;PA = 100 OHM, .00392 PLATINUM.124 CASE LENGTH A IN .1 INCREMENTS (124 = 12.4).MINIMUM A = 40 (4.0) [102];MAXIMUM A = 480 (48.0) [1219].YNUMBER OF LEADS:Y = 2 LEADS (NOT AVAILABLE WITH CAELEMENT MODELS);Z = 3 LEADS.24 LEAD LENGTH B IN INCHES.1. ELEMENT: COPPER, NICKEL-IRON, NICKEL, OR PLATINUM.2. RESISTANCE (EXCLUDING LEADWIRE RESISTANCE):COPPER: 10.00 OHMS ±.20% (10.20/9.98) AT 25°C (77°F), R/T TABLES#16-9 (°C) AND #17-9 (°F);NICKEL-IRON: 604.0 OHMS ±.5% (607.0/601.0) AT 0°C (32°F), R/TTABLES#14-604 (°C) AND #15-604 (°F);NICKEL: 120.0 OHMS ±.5% (120.6/119.4) AT 0°C (32°F), R/T TABLES#7-120 (°C) AND #8-120 (°F);PLATINUM: 100.0 OHMS ±.5% (100.5/99.5) AT 0°C (32°F), R/T TABLES#1-100 (°C) AND #2-100 (°F).3. TEMPERATURE RANGE: -50°C TO 260°C (-58°F TO 500°F), EXCEPTNICKEL-IRON ELEMENTS TO 204°C (400°F).4. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1000 MEGOHMS MINIMUM AT 500 VOLTS DC,LEADS TO CASE.5. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 VOLTS RMS AT 60 Hz FOR 30 SECONDS,BETWEEN CASE SECTIONS, WITH 1 mA MAXIMUM LEAKAGE CURRENT.6. LEADS: AWG #22, STRANDED, TFE INSULATED.7 TOLERANCE ON LEAD LENGTH:71 [1803] AND UNDER: +2/-0 [+51/-0];72 TO 119 [1829 TO 3023]: +4/-0 [+102/-0];120 [3048] AND OVER: +6/-0 [+152/-0].8. CASE: STAINLESS STEEL, COPPER ALLOY TIP.9 CASE MAY BE CUT TO SHORTER LENGTH. USE CARE NOT TO DAMAGELEADWIRE INSULATION. LOCATE THE SLIP-FIT TFE SLEEVE IN END OFCUT-OFF CASE TO PROTECT LEADWIRE INSULATION AT POINT OFEMERGENCE. MINIMUM A FOR CUT-OFF CASE IS 40 (4.0).COMPANY CONFIDENTIALPROPRIETARY INFORMATIONOF MINCO PRODUCTS, INC.DO NOT DUPLICATEPrint Date: 05/07/2010 16:04

C:\Documents and Settings\sanchezi\My Documents\SmarTeam\Work\SMVaultTemp\2345EBF3254145F6B6CBD5C9B5A06A57\2C16983.PDF1 of 1

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSSCOPE OF SUPPLYSPREADER BAR1- 11 ton capacity steel spreader bar. Spreader Barto be coated with Tnemec Series 69 Hi-BuildEpoxoline II. (6 to 9 mils dft) Finish Color “SafetyYellow”2- 7/8” diameter x 72” long steel wire rope slingswith thimble loop at both ends4- 7/8” alloy steel hot-dipped galvanized shackles.2- S8 x 23lb Support BeamsSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

Mesh & Wire Rope SlingsWire Mesh and Chain Mesh Slings with Choker FittingsMesh slings resist cuts and abrasion, withstand temperatures up to 550° F, conform to irregularLengthshapes, and maintain balanced loads. Mesh and end fittings are alloy steel. Use in choker, vertical,and basket configurations.Wire mesh slings provide superior abrasion resistance and are zinc-plated for corrosion resistance.Serial number and work load limits are stamped on the fitting. Chain mesh slings are made of separate strands of chain woven with1/8 wire rope. They have a greater capacity for the same width as wire mesh style, plus they have bidirectional flexibility. End fittings have agreen painted finish. Slings are tagged with the serial number and work load limits.To Order : Sold in standard lengths of 3, 6, 8, 10, and 12 ft., or any length you choose up to a maximum of 20 ft. Please specify length.SlingWork LoadLimit, lbs.Base Pricefor 3-ft. Lg.ExtraLengthWidth Choker Vertical Basket Each Per Ft.Wire Mesh2 .......... 2,300 ....... 2,300 ....... 4,600 .....3404T31 ..... $151.56 $20.403 .......... 3,500 ....... 3,500 ....... 7,000 .....3404T32 ..... 169.41 22.254 .......... 4,800 ....... 4,800 ....... 9,600 .....3404T33 ..... 187.38 23.926 .......... 7,200 ....... 7,200 ....... 14,400 .....3404T34 ..... 218.80 27.64Steel Wire Rope SlingsRope slings provide better abrasion and cut resistance than web slings. Slings are tagged withwork load limits. Meet both OSHA 1910.184 and ANSI B30.9 (unless noted). Note: When wire ropeis bent to create a basket, the strength of the rope decreases. Therefore, basket values apply onlywhen the diameter of the curve divided by the rope diameter (D/d ratio where D = dia. of curve;d = rope dia.) is 25 or greater for 619 and 719 mechanical-splice slings; 10 or greater for 777cable-laid mechanical-splice slings; and 15 or greater for all hand-splice slings.Mechanical-Splice SlingsThe ends of the sling are secured with a pressed metal sleeve. All have a max. temp. of 400° F.619 IWRC are made from a single wire rope—the most popular construction. 719 IWRCbraided slings consist of three wire ropes braided together—for more flexibility than 619 IWRCslings. 777 galvanized cable laid slings are the most flexible of all mechanical-splice slings.They grip tighter and are easier to handle, but are less resistant to cuts and abrasion.To Order : Sold in the minimum length shown as well as 6, 8, 10, and 12 ft., or any length youchoose up to a maximum of 20 ft. Please specify length.Also Available : 619 IWRC (Style 1) slings in stainless steel. Please ask for 3550T999 andspecify stainless steel, rope diameter, and sling length.WireWork Load Limit, lbs. Min. Base Price for Min. Lg. Extra LengthRope Dia. Choker Vertical Basket Lg., ft. Each Per Ft.(1) 6 19 IWRC—Rope Loop Both Ends1/4 .............. 960 ..... 1,300 ........ 2,600 ......2 ......... 3550T11 .................. $9.25 $1.673/8 .............. 2,200 ..... 2,800 ........ 5,800 ......2 ......... 3550T14 .................. 13.39 1.971/2 .............. 3,800 ..... 5,000 ........10,200......3 ......... 3550T17 .................. 20.35 2.035/8 .............. 5,800 ..... 7,800 ........15,600......3 ......... 3550T21 .................. 32.99 3.263/4 .............. 8,200 ..... 11,200 ........22,000......4 ......... 3550T24 .................. 55.85 4.557/8 ..............11,200..... 15,200 ........30,000......4 ......... 3550T27 .................. 80.67 6.181 ..................14,400..... 19,600 ........40,000......5 ......... 3550T31 ..................112.70 7.67(1) 7 19 IWRC Braided—Rope Loop Both Ends1/4 .............. 740 ..... 840 ........ 1,680 ......2 ......... 3432T41............... 61.72 1.673/8 .............. 1,420 ..... 1,600 ........ 3,200 ......3 ......... 3432T42 .................. 80.06 4.191/2 .............. 2,400 ..... 2,800 ........ 5,800 ......3 ......... 3432T43 .................. 98.74 3.415/8 .............. 3,800 ..... 4,400 ........ 8,800 ......3 ......... 3432T44 ..................118.69 3.813/4 .............. 5,600 ..... 6,400 ........12,600......4 ......... 3432T45 ..................133.81 4.18(1) 7 7 7 Galvanized Cable Laid—Rope Loop Both Ends1/4 .............. 740 ..... 1,000 ........ 2,000 ......2 ......... 8942T81 .................. 19.67 2.243/8 .............. 1,600 ..... 2,200 ........ 4,400 ......2 ......... 8942T82 .................. 23.82 2.661/2 .............. 2,800 ..... 3,800 ........ 7,600 ......2 ......... 8942T83 .................. 28.74 3.155/8 .............. 4,000 ..... 5,600 ........11,200......3 ......... 8942T84 .................. 41.94 3.91(2) 6 19 IWRC—Thimble Loop Both Ends1/4 .............. ..... 1,300 ........ 2,600 ......2 ......... 3550T34 .................. 14.59 1.673/8 .............. ..... 2,800 ........ 5,800 ......2 ......... 3550T37 .................. 21.64 1.971/2 .............. ..... 5,000 ........10,200......2 ......... 3550T41 .................. 28.03 2.035/8 .............. ..... 7,800 ........15,600......2 ......... 3550T44 .................. 41.75 3.263/4 .............. ..... 11,200 ........22,000......3 ......... 3550T47 .................. 69.41 4.557/8 .............. ..... 15,200 ........30,000......3 ......... 3550T51 .................. 93.57 6.18(3) 6 19 IWRC—Rope Loop End/Sling Hook with Latch End1/4 .............. 960 ..... 1,300 ........ 2,600 ......2 ......... 3550T54 .................. 25.68 1.363/8 .............. 2,200 ..... 2,800 ........ 5,800 ......2 ......... 3550T57 .................. 36.69 1.971/2 .............. 3,800 ..... 5,000 ........10,200......3 ......... 3550T61 .................. 53.44 2.035/8 .............. 5,800 ..... 7,800 ........15,600......4 ......... 3550T64 .................. 84.14 2.03(4) 6 19 IWRC—Slip-Through Thimble Loop Both Ends with Sliding Choker Hook3/8 .............. 2,200 ..... ........ ......4 ......... 3550T71 .................. 82.35 1.971/2 .............. 3,800 ..... ........ ......4 ......... 3550T74 ..................102.13 2.03(5) 7 7 7 Galv. Cable Laid—Rope Loop End/Slip-Through Thimble End w/Sliding Choker Hook1/4 .............. 740 ..... ........ ......2 ......... 8942T91 .................. 47.79 2.243/8 .............. 1,600 ..... ........ ......2 ......... 8942T92 .................. 41.31 2.661/2 .............. 2,800 ..... ........ ......2 ......... 8942T93 .................. 51.73 3.15SlingWork LoadLimit, lbs.Base Pricefor 3-ft. Lg.ExtraLengthWidth Choker Vertical Basket Each Per Ft.Wire Mesh (Cont.)8 .......... 9,600 ..... 9,600 ......19,200.... 3404T35 ..... $250.27 $30.16Chain Mesh2 .......... 6,000 ..... 6,000 ......12,000.... 34015T4 ..... 322.16 37.244 .......... 10,000 ..... 10,000 ......20,000.... 34015T5 ..... 390.55 64.78 Diameter listed is the overall sling diameter (all three wires together). Meets ANSI B30.9. Constructed of galvanized steel strand core wire rope.Hand-Splice SlingsLoops are formed by hand and the ends are tucked back into the sling’s body for a tapered andconcealed splice. All are made from a single wire rope so they are more flexible, but less crushresistant than other constructions. Maximum temperature is 180° F.To Order : Sold in the minimum length shown as well as 6, 8, 10, and 12 ft., or any length youchoose up to a maximum of 20 ft. Please specify length.WireWork Load Limit, lbs. Min. Base Price for Min. Lg. Extra Length6Rope Dia. Choker Vertical Basket Lg., ft. Each Per Ft.(6) 6 19 Fiber—Rope Loop Both Ends1/4 ............... 840 ....... 1,080 ......... 2,200 ........ 3 ......... 3550T81 ..................$20.22 $0.963/8 ............... 1,700 ....... 2,400 ......... 4,800 ........ 3 ......... 3550T84 .................. 23.48 1.28Warning! Never exceed work load limits. Never use to lift people or items over people.12345LengthLength1473

EFBA1412ShacklesDouble-Clevis Connectors—For LiftingDia.Dia.BBCCDWithFlushPinAWithScrew PinCAWithSafety PinFEBACDWithSafetyPinHigh-Strength Anchor Shackles—For LiftingDia.Dia.BCAWith CaptiveSelf-LockingScrew PinBCACreate strong lifting, towing, and tie-down systems with these connectors. Made of forgedhigh-strength (Grade 80) alloy steel. Body has a red powder-coated finish.Connectors with flush pins prevent snagging. Connectors with safety pins are ideal forapplications that require frequent pin removal. The safety pin consists of a round pin securedwith a nut and a cotter pin (also known as a bolt, nut, and cotter pin).For ChainWorkLoadWithFlush PinWithSafety PinTrade Size (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) Limit, lbs.EachEach3/8................. 13 /16... 1 /2...... 1 /2... 1 3 /8 ... 1 /2..... 5/8 .... 7,100 ....... 3532T11 .. $72.16 3532T26 ...$83.381/2.................1 1 /16 .... 5 /8...... 5 /8... 1 7 /8 ... 5 /8..... 3/4 .... 12,000 ....... 3532T12 .. 96.80 3532T27 ...108.245/8.................1 5 /16 .... 11 /16 .. 3 /4... 2 ........ 3 /4..... 1 ......... 18,100 ....... 3532T13 .. 138.60 3532T28 ...138.30Choose these when you need a strong shackle with a wide body for easier connections. Also known as bow shackles.All are forged. Note: Work load limits are based on loads applied in line with a straight length of chain or wire rope.Shackles with screw pin are ideal for lifting applications where shackles are frequently removed. The pin screws intoposition without the use of tools. Do not use if there will be movement or vibration of the pin.Shackles with safety pin are the most secure choice for lifting. The safety pin consists of a round pin secured with anut and a cotter pin (also known as a bolt, nut, and cotter pin).Shackles with captive self-locking screw pin have indentations that lock the pin in place as it is tightened. They alsohave a slight lip on the end of the screw pin that prevents separation from the shackle and eliminates lost pins.Hot-dipped galvanized alloy steel shackles are stronger than hot-dipped galvanized carbon steel shackles and offergood corrosion resistance. Meet Fed. Spec. RR-C-271D and ASTM A153. Hot-dipped galvanized carbon steel shackleshave alloy steel pins and offer good corrosion resistance. Meet Fed. Spec. RR-C-271D and ASTM A153. Type 316 andType 316L stainless steel shackles provide maximum corrosion resistance.Also Available : Black-oxide steel shackles. Please ask for 8494T888 and specify screw pin or safety pin and diameter.With Screw PinWith Safety PinDia. (A) (B) (C)Work LoadLimit, lbs. EachWork LoadLimit, lbs.EachHot-Dipped Galvanized Alloy Steel3/8 ........ 5/8 .............. 7/16 ............1 7 /16 ......... 4,000 ................ 3663T51 ...... $7.34 ............. ......1/2 ........ 13 /16........... 5/8 ..............1 7 /8 ........... 6,600 ................ 3663T42 ...... 11.08 6,600 ............. 8966T51 ...... $27.195/8 ........ 1 1 /16 ............ 3/4 ..............2 3 /8 ........... 10,000 ................ 3663T43 ...... 15.42 10,000 ............. 8966T52 ...... 36.123/4 ........ 1 1 /4 .............. 7/8 ..............2 13 /16........ 14,000 ................ 3663T44 ...... 22.12 14,000 ............. 8966T53 ...... 55.227/8 ........ 1 7 /16 ............ 1 ..................3 5 /16 ......... 19,000 ................ 3663T45 ...... 29.33 19,000 ............. 8966T54 ...... 60.621 ............ 1 11 /16........... 1 1 /8 ..............3 3 /4 ........... 25,000 ................ 3663T46 ...... 40.44 25,000 ............. 8966T55 ...... 82.201 1 /4 ........ 2 .................. 1 3 /8 ..............4 11 /16........ 36,000 ................ 3663T47 ...... 71.06 36,000 ............. 8966T76 ...... 114.591 1 /2 ........ 2 3 /8 .............. 1 5 /8 ..............5 3 /4 ........... 50,000 ................ 3663T48 ...... 153.47 60,000 ............. 8966T57 ...... 214.341 3 /4 ........ 2 7 /8 .............. 2 ..................7 ............... 68,000 ................ 3663T52 ...... 261.01 80,000 ............. 8966T12 ...... 370.742 ............ 3 1 /4 .............. 2 1 /4 ..............7 3 /4 ........... 86,000 ................ 3663T49 ...... 352.90 100,000 ............. 8966T14 ...... 507.14Hot-Dipped Galvanized Carbon Steel3/16 ...... 3/8 .............. 1/4 .............. 7/8 ........... 666 ................ 3558T44 ...... 4.81 734 ............. 3555T45 ...... 7.441/4 ........ 7/16 ............ 5/16 ............1 1 /8 ........... 1,102 ................ 3558T45 ...... 4.61 1,102 ............. 3555T46 ...... 7.455/16 ...... 1/2 .............. 3/8 ..............1 1 /4 ........... 1,500 ................ 3558T46 ...... 6.37 1,653 ............. 3555T47 ...... 10.273/8 ........ 5/8 .............. 7/16 ............1 7 /16 ......... 2,204 ................ 3558T47 ...... 6.09 2,204 ............. 3555T48 ...... 10.577/16 ...... 3/4 .............. 1/2 ..............1 11 /16........ 3,306 ................ 3558T48 ...... 6.71 3,306 ............. 3555T49 ...... 11.911/2 ........ 13 /16........... 5/8 ..............1 7 /8 ........... 4,409 ................ 3558T49 ...... 8.40 4,409 ............. 3555T51 ...... 16.965/8 ........ 1 1 /16 ............ 3/4 ..............2 3 /8 ........... 7,165 ................ 3558T51 ...... 14.71 7,165 ............. 3555T52 ...... 23.273/4 ........ 1 1 /4 .............. 7/8 ..............2 13 /16........ 10,471 ................ 3558T52 ...... 22.88 10,471 ............. 3555T53 ...... 33.447/8 ........ 1 7 /16 ............ 1 ..................3 5 /16 ......... 14,330 ................ 3558T53 ...... 31.31 14,330 ............. 3555T54 ...... 44.631 ............ 1 11 /16........... 1 1 /8 ..............3 3 /4 ........... 18,739 ................ 3558T54 ...... 38.82 18,739 ............. 3555T55 ...... 60.601 1 /8 ........ 1 13 /16........... 1 1 /4 ..............4 1 /4 ........... 20,943 ................ 3558T55 ...... 58.62 20,943 ............. 3555T56 ...... 81.081 1 /4 ........ 2 .................. 1 3 /8 ..............4 11 /16........ 26,455 ................ 3558T56 ...... 84.47 24,000 ............. 3555T57 ...... 113.361 3 /8 ........ 2 1 /4 .............. 1 1 /2 ..............5 1 /4 ........... 29,762 ................ 3558T57 ...... 94.27 27,000 ............. 3555T78 ...... 129.491 1 /2 ........ 2 3 /8 .............. 1 5 /8 ..............5 3 /4 ........... 34,000 ................ 3558T58 ...... 152.50 34,000 ............. 3555T59 ...... 171.911 3 /4 ........ 2 7 /8 .............. 2 ..................7 ............... 50,000 ................ 3558T59 ...... 249.98 50,000 ............. 3555T61 ...... 266.322 ............ 3 1 /4 .............. 2 1 /4 ..............7 3 /4 ........... 70,000 ................ 3558T61 ...... 305.67 70,000 ............. 3555T62 ...... 301.95Type 316 Stainless Steel1/4 ........ 1/2 .............. 5/16 ............1 1 /8 ........... 1,000 ................ 3583T34 ...... 6.27 1,000 ............. 3860T51 ...... 18.575/16 ...... 1/2 .............. 3/8 ..............1 3 /16 ......... 1,300 ................ 3583T81 ...... 10.74 1,300 ............. 3860T71 ...... 19.933/8 ........ 11 /16........... 7/16 ............1 3 /8 ........... 1,500 ................ 3583T82 ...... 17.07 1,500 ............. 3860T72 ...... 25.737/16 ...... 3/4 .............. 1/2 ..............1 3 /4 ........... 2,000 ................ 3583T83 ...... 18.11 2,000 ............. 3860T73 ...... 31.601/2 ........ 13 /16........... 5/8 ..............1 13 /16........ 3,000 ................ 3583T84 ...... 28.29 3,000 ............. 3860T74 ...... 44.155/8 ........ 1 .................. 3/4 ..............2 3 /8 ........... 4,000 ................ 3583T85 ...... 52.96 4,000 ............. 3860T75 ...... 68.783/4 ........ 1 1 /4 .............. 7/8 ..............2 13 /16........ 6,000 ................ 3583T86 ...... 77.18 6,000 ............. 3860T76 ...... 113.207/8 ........ 1 1 /2 .............. 1 ..................3 5 /16 ......... 8,000 ................ 3583T87 ...... 80.43 8,000 ............. 3860T77 ...... 141.791 ............ 1 11 /16........... 1 1 /8 ..............3 13 /16........ 10,000 ................ 3583T88 ...... 115.64 10,000 ............. 3860T78 ...... 191.60With CaptiveWork LoadSelf-Locking Screw PinDia. (A) (B) (C)Limit, lbs.EachType 316L Stainless Steel5/32 ................... 5 /16 ................. 3 /16 ................... 11 /16................... 550 ................................3797T41 ............................. $12.053/16 ................... 3 /8 ................... 1 /4 ..................... 7/8 ...................... 827 ................................3797T42 ............................. 14.141/4 ..................... 7 /16 ................. 1 /4 ..................... 1 1 /16 .................... 1,157 ................................3797T43 ............................. 18.675/16 ................... 5 /8 ................... 5 /16 ................... 1 7 /16 .................... 2,040 ................................3797T44 ............................. 27.6213 /32.................. 3 /4 ................... 7 /16 ................... 1 3 /16 .................... 2,866 ................................3797T45 ............................. 42.71Heavy Duty Shackles—For LiftingAmong the strongest shackles we offer, theseare easy to assemble and disassemble with ahammer. The flush pin prevents snags and accidentaldisengagement. Made of forged alloysteel. The body has a red powder-coated finish.WorkFor ChainTrade Size Dia. (A) (B) (C)LoadLimit, lbs.Each9/32 ............... 5 /16...... 11 /16... 3 /8........ 1 5 /16 .... 3,500 ....... 3812T21 .. $18.253/8................. 7 /16...... 7/8 ...... 9 /16...... 1 13 /16... 7,100 ....... 3812T22 .. 20.981/2................. 9 /16...... 1 1 /16 .... 3 /4........ 2 9 /16 .... 12,000 ....... 3812T23 .. 32.885/8................. 11 /16 .... 1 5 /16 .... 15 /16 .... 3 ........... 18,000 ....... 3812T24 .. 41.65Warning! Never exceed work load limits.

HI-BUILD EPOXOLINE IIPRODUCT DATA SHEETSERIES L69PRODUCT PROFILEGENERIC DESCRIPTIONCOMMON USAGECOLORSFINISHSPECIAL QUALIFICATIONSPERFORMANCE CRITERIAPolyamidoamine EpoxyA versatile low VOC epoxy for protection and finishing of steel and concrete. It has excellent resistance to abrasion and issuitable for immersion as well as chemical contact exposure. Contact your local Tnemec representative for a list ofchemicals. This product can also be used for lining storage tanks that contain demineralized, deionized or distilled water.Can also be used as a block filler on cementitious or masonry substrates.Refer to Tnemec Color Guide. Note: Epoxies chalk with extended exposure to sunlight. Lack of ventilation, incompletemixing, miscatalyzation or the use of heaters that emit carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide during application and initialstages of curing may cause yellowing to occur.SatinA two-coat system at 4.0-6.0 dry mills (100-150 dry microns) per coat passes the performance requirements of MIL-PRF-4556F for fuel storage.Extensive test data available. Contact your Tnemec representative for specific test results.COATING SYSTEMSURFACE PREPARATIONPRIMERS Steel: Self-priming or Series 1, 27, 37H, 66, 90, 91-H 2 O, 94-H 2 O, 135, 161, 394, 530Galvanized Steel and Non-Ferrous Metal: Self-priming or Series 66, 161Concrete: Self-priming or Series 130, 218CMU: Self-priming or 54-562, 130, 216, 218TOPCOATS 46H-413, 66, L69, L69F, N69, N69F, 73, 84, 104, 113, 114, 156, 161, 165, 180, 287, 446, 1028, 1029, 1070, 1071, 1072, 1074,1074U, 1075, 1075U, 1077, 1078, 1080, 1081. Refer to COLORS on applicable topcoat data sheets for additionalinformation. Note: The following recoat times apply for Series L69: Immersion Service—Surface must be scarified after 60days. Atmospheric Service—After 60 days, scarification or an epoxy tie-coat is required. Contact your Tnemecrepresentative for specific recommendations.PRIMED STEELSTEELGALVANIZED STEEL & NON-FERROUS METALCAST/DUCTILE IRONCONCRETECMUPAINTED SURFACESALL SURFACESImmersion Service: Scarify the Series 66, L69 or 161 prime coat surface by blasting with fine abrasive before topcoating ifit has been exterior exposed for 60 days or longer and L69 is the specified topcoat.Immersion Service: SSPC-SP10 Near-White Blast CleaningNon-Immersion Service: SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast CleaningSurface preparation recommendations will vary depending on substrate and exposure conditions. Contact your Tnemecrepresentative or Tnemec Technical Services.Contact your Tnemec representative or Tnemec Technical Services.Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. For optimum results and/or immersion service, abrasive blast referencing SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 Surface Preparation of Concrete and Tnemec’s Surface Preparation and Application Guide.Allow mortar to cure for 28 days. Level protrusions and mortar spatter.Non-Immersion Service: Ask your Tnemec representative for specific recommendations.Must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease, chalk and other contaminants.TECHNICAL DATAVOLUME SOLIDS 65.0 ± 2.0% (mixed) †RECOMMENDED DFT 2.0 to 10.0 mils (50 to 255 microns) per coat. Note: MIL-PRF-4556F applications require two coats at 4.0-6.0 mils (100-150microns) per coat. Otherwise, the number of coats and thickness requirements will vary with substrate, applicationmethod and exposure. Contact your Tnemec representative.CURING TIME AT 5 MILS DFTTemperature To Handle To Recoat ImmersionWithout 44-700Accelerator75°F (24°C) 6 hours 9 hours 7 daysWith 44-700Accelerator75°F (24°C) 4 hours 5 hours 7 daysCuring time varies with surface temperature, air movement, humidity and film thickness.VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS Unthinned: 0.82 lbs/gallon (98 grams/litre)Thinned 5%: 0.82 lbs/gallon (98 grams/litre)TBAC (non-exempt): 1.09 lbs/gallon (130 grams/litre) †HAPS Unthinned: 0 lbs/gal solidsThinned 5%: 0 lbs/gal solidsTHEORETICAL COVERAGE 1,043 mil sq ft/gal (25.6 m²/L at 25 microns). See APPLICATION for coverage rates. †NUMBER OF COMPONENTS Two: Part A (amine) and Part B (epoxy) — One (Part A) to one (Part B) by volumePACKAGING 5 gallon (18.9L) pails and 1 gallon (3.79L) cans — Order in multiples of 2.NET WEIGHT PER GALLON 13.60 ± 0.25 lbs (6.17 ± .11 kg) (mixed) †STORAGE TEMPERATURE Minimum 20°F (-7°C) Maximum 110°F (43°C)TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE (Dry) Continuous 250°F (121°C) Intermittent 275°F (135°C)© 1/21/2008, by Tnemec Co., Inc.Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.comshould be referenced for the most current technical data and instructions or you may contact your Tnemec representativefor current technical data and instructions.Page 1 of 2

APPLICATIONSHELF LIFE12 months at recommended storage temperature.FLASH POINT - SETA Part A: 98°F (37°C) Part B: 95°F (35°C)HEALTH & SAFETYPRODUCT DATA SHEETHI-BUILD EPOXOLINE II | SERIES L69Paint products contain chemical ingredients which are considered hazardous. Read container label warning and MaterialSafety Data Sheet for important health and safety information prior to the use of this product.Keep out of the reach of children.COVERAGE RATESDry Mils (Microns) Wet Mils (Microns) Sq Ft/Gal (m²/Gal)Suggested (1) 6.0 (150) 9.0 (230) 174 (16.1)Minimum 2.0 (50) 3.0 (75) 521 (48.4)Maximum 10.0 (255) 15.5 (395) 104 (9.7)Dense Concrete & Masonry: From 100 to 150 sq ft (9.3 to 13.9 m²) per gallon.CMU: From 75 to 100 sq ft (7.0 to 9.3 m²) per gallon.(1) Note for Steel: Roller or brush application requires two or more coats to obtain recommended film thickness. Also,Series L69 can be spray applied to an optional high-build film thickness range of 8.0 to 10.0 dry mils (205 to 255 drymicrons) or 12.5 to 15.5 wet mils (320 to 395 wet microns). Allow for overspray and surface irregularities. Film thicknessis rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating below minimum or above maximum recommendeddry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance.MIXING l. Start with equal amounts of both Parts A & B.2. Using a power mixer, separately stir Parts A & B.3. (For accelerated version. If not using 44-700, skip to No. 4.)Add four (4) fluid ounces of 44-700 per gallon of Part A while Part A is under agitation.4. Add Part A to Part B under agitation, stir until thoroughly mixed.5. Both components must be above 50°F (10°C) prior to mixing. For application of the unaccelerated version to surfacesbetween 50°F to 60°F (10°C to 16°C) or the accelerated version to surfaces between 35°F to 50°F (2°C to 10°C), allowmixed material to stand 30 minutes and restir before using.6. For optimum application properties, the material temperature should be above 60°F (16°C).Note: The use of more than the recommended amount of 44-700 will adversely affect performance.THINNING Use No. 49 Thinner. For air spray, thin up to 5% or 1/4 pint (190 mL) per gallon. For airless spray, roller or brush, thin upto 5% or 1/4 pint (190 mL) per gallon.POT LIFE Without 44-700: 4 hours at 77°F (25°C)With 44-700: 3 hours at 77°F (25°C)APPLICATION EQUIPMENT Air Spray •Gun Fluid Tip Air Cap Air Hose ID Mat’l Hose IDAtomizingPressurePot PressureDeVilbiss JGA E 7045/16” or 3/8”(7.9 or 9.5 mm)Low temperatures or longer hoses require higher pot pressure.3/8” or 1/2”(9.5 or 12.7mm)70-90 psi(4.8-6.2 bar)10-20 psi(0.7-1.4 bar)Airless Spray •Tip Orifice Atomizing Pressure Mat’l Hose ID Manifold Filter0.015”-0.019”(380-485 microns)3500-5100 psi(241-351 bar)1/4” or 3/8”(6.4 or 9.5 mm)60 mesh(250 microns)Use appropriate tip/atomizing pressure for equipment, applicator technique and weather conditions.• Spray application of first coat on CMU should be followed by backrolling.Note: Application over inorganic zinc-rich primers: Apply a wet mist coat and allow tiny bubbles to form. When bubblesdisappear in 1 to 2 minutes, apply a full wet coat at specified mil thickness.Roller: Use 3/8” (9.5 mm) synthetic woven nap roller covers. Use longer nap to obtain penetration on rough or poroussurfaces.Brush: Recommended for small areas only. Use high quality natural or synthetic bristle brushes.SURFACE TEMPERATURE Minimum 50°F (10°C) Maximum 135°F (57°C)The surface should be dry and at least 5°F (3°C) above the dew point. Coating will not cure below minimum surfacetemperature.CLEANUP Flush and clean all equipment immediately after use with the recommended thinner or MEK.† Values may vary with color.WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF SELLER'S LIABILITY: Tnemec Company, Inc. warrants only that its coatings represented herein meet the formulation standards of Tnemec Company, Inc.THE WARRANTY DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE PARAGRAPH SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIEDWARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES THAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. Thebuyer's sole and exclusive remedy against Tnemec Company, Inc. shall be for replacement of the product in the event a defective condition of the product should be found to exist and theexclusive remedy shall not have failed its essential purpose as long as Tnemec is willing to provide comparable replacement product to the buyer. NO OTHER REMEDY (INCLUDING, BUT NOTLIMITED TO, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY, ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTALOR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS) SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE BUYER. Technical and application information herein is provided for the purpose of establishing a general profile of the coating andproper coating application procedures. Test performance results were obtained in a controlled environment and Tnemec Company makes no claim that these tests or any other tests, accuratelyrepresent all environments. As application, environmental and design factors can vary significantly, due care should be exercised in the selection and use of the coating.Tnemec Company Incorporated 6800 Corporate Drive Kansas City, Missouri 64120-1372 1-800-TNEMEC1 Fax: 1-816-483-3969 www.tnemec.com© 1/21/2008, by Tnemec Co., Inc.PDSL69 Page 2 of 2

NOTES:1.2.3.4.5.MATERIAL IS A-36 STEELBREAK ALL SHARP CORNERS, REMOVE ALL BURRS.REMOVE ALL OIL, COOLANT & CONTAMINANTS.BLAST TO SSPC-10, NEAR WHITE.COAT WITH TNEMEC SERIES 69 (6-9 MILS DFT)COLOR SAFETY YELLOWC LC LW10x301/2"1 3/4"6"1/2"9.2°34"1/24"R2"1 5/8"3/83/8TYP.1/2"10 1/2"5 13/16"1 1/4"1/21/22 3/4"10X1 1/4"18"72"4" TYP.LABEL CAPACITYON SIDE OF BEAM- ---REV DATE---DESCRIPTIONDIMENSIONS IN INCHES UNLESS NOTEDTOLERANCESDECIMALSANGLES.X +/-.1NO DEC +/-2.XX +/-.06.X +/-1.XXX +/-.030 .XX +/-.5.XXXX +/-.0015 .XXX +/-.25FINISH ALL MACHINED SURFACES 250 RaBREAK ALL CORNERS AND SHARP EDGES .010/.030RADIUS ALL FILLETS .015/.040 RCHAMFER ALL THREADED HOLES 90/120TO A DEPTH OF ONE THREAD +/-.030SCREW THREAD STANDARDS PER FED-STD-H2BSMITH PUMPCOMPANY---BYPRODUCT:SPREADER BAR - 22K CAPPROJECT:TRANSMISSION & ODESSA PUMPSOWNER:COLORADO RIVER MWDCNTRCTR:GARNEY COMPANIESENG:FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC.TPS & OPSPROJECT:DRAWING:DATE2/1/12166349 P/N: 5090-010 QTY: 2BYT:\CAD..\5090\5090-010 SPREADERLSWSCALE1 : 12CKMWRREV-

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSSCOPE OF SUPPLYIMPELLER JACKING UNIT1- Enerpac cylinder pumping unit1- Steel jacking plateSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

RSM/RCS-Series, Low Height CylindersHydraulic Technology Worldwide Shown from left to right: RSM-1000, RSM-300, RSM-50, RCS-1002, RCS-302Maximum Power-to-Height RatioSaddlesAll RCS-Series cylindershave plunger mounting holesfor installation of tilt saddles.See table for selection anddimensional information.Page:25Lifting the first fewmillimetersThe LW-16 Lifting Wedgeand SOH-Series MachineLifts are the perfect choicefor lifting the first few millimeters.Page:174RSM-series, Flat-Jac ® Cylinders• Compact, flat design for use where most other cylinderswill not fit• Single-acting, spring return• RSM-750, 1000 and 1500 have handles for easy carrying• Mounting holes permit easy fixturing• Baked enamel finish for increased corrosion resistance• CR-400 coupler and dust cap included on all models,except RSM-50 which is fitted with an AR-400 coupler.• Hard chrome plated high quality steel plungers• Grooved plunger ends require no saddleRCS-series, Low Height Cylinders• Lightweight, low profile design for use in confined spaces• Single-acting, spring return• Baked enamel finish for increased corrosion resistance• Plunger wiper reduces contamination, extendingcylinder life• CR-400 coupler and dust cap included on all models• Grooved plunger end with threaded holes for mounting tiltsaddles• Integral handle on RCS-1002 for easy carrying• Plated steel plungers24 Only a couple of centimeters will do for anRSM-cylinder to lift a large construction. TheV-82 needle valve is used to control cylinderspeed during lifting and lowering.Cyl.Capacityton (kN)5 (45)10 (101)20 (201)30 (295)45 (435)75 (718)90 (887)150 (1386)10 (101)20 (201)30 (295)45 (435)90 (887)Stroke(mm)6121113161616163845626057ModelNumberRSM-50RSM-100RSM-200RSM-300RSM-500RSM-750RSM-1000RSM-1500RCS-101*RCS-201*RCS-302*RCS-502*RCS-1002*Cyl.Effect.Area(cm 2 )6,514,528,742,162,1102,6126,7198,114,528,742,162,1126,7* Available as set, see note on next page.OilCap.(cm 3 )41832559916420331755129261373722

Single-Acting, Low Height CylindersPump and Cylinder SetsAll cylinders markedwith an*are availableas sets (cylinder, gauge,couplers, hose and pump) for yourordering convenience.Page:64RSMRCSSeriesOptional Bolt On Tilt Saddle Dimensions (mm)For Cylinder Model: ModelNumberRCS-101RCS-201, -302, -502RCS-1002CAT-11CAT-51CAT-101A B C*C 0-5B* ‘C’ dimension equals saddle protrusion from plunger. Mounting screws are included.355071111517212935ACapacity:5-150 tonStroke:6-62 mmMaximum Operating Pressure:700 barUVMLPOU1DRSM Cylinder Mounting Hole Dimensions (mm)3/8"-18 NPTF*HFEDRCS-Series* 5° angle position of coupler on RCS-101, 201,302KABH3/8"-18 NPTFRSM-SeriesFEKA BModelNumberRSM-50RSM-100RSM-200RSM-300RSM-500RSM-750RSM-1000RSM-1500BoltCircleU128,536,649,352,366,576,276,2117,3HoleDia.V5,57,110,010,011,013,513,513,5CounterBoreDia.9,110,715,115,919,020,620,620,6CounterBoreDepth4,37,99,911,212,714,214,214,2CollapsedHeightA(mm)ExtendedHeightB(mm)OutsideDiameterD(mm)CylinderBoreDia.E(mm)PlungerDia.F(mm)Base toAdvancePortH(mm)PlungerProtrusionfrom BaseK(mm)PlungertoBaseL(mm)Plungerto Mtg.HoleM(mm)ThreadO(mm)ThreadDepthP(mm)BoltCircleU(mm)(kg)ModelNumber32435158667985100889811712214138546271829510111612614317918219858 x 4182 x 55101 x 76117 x 95140 x 114165 x 139178 x 153215 x 190699210112416528,742,960,573,288,9114,3127,0158,842,960,573,288,9127,025,438,150,863,469,882,692,2114,338,150,866,569,892,21619191919191923171719233111122222533212027394757697695–––––2234394453667482–––––––––––––M4M5M5M5M8––––––––888810––––––––26393939551,01,43,14,56,811,314,526,34,15,06,810,922,7RSM-50RSM-100RSM-200RSM-300RSM-500RSM-750RSM-1000RSM-1500RCS-101*RCS-201*RCS-302*RCS-502*RCS-1002*www.enerpac.com25

Single-Acting, Cylinder Pump SetsHydraulic Technology Worldwide Shown cylinder-pump set: SCR-1010HThe Quickest andEasiest Way to StartWorking Right Away• Optimum match of individualcomponents• Sets include 6 ft. safetyhose, calibrated gauge withgauge adaptor• All hand pumps are two-speedSpeed ChartSee the Enerpac Cylinder SpeedChart in our “Yellow Pages”section.Page: 113 1 22Cylinder Selection(See Cylinder Section of this catalog for full product descriptions)Single-acting, General Purpose Cylinders:For maximum versatility.RC-SeriesSingle-acting, Low Height Cylinders:Ideal where space is restricted.RCS-SeriesSingle-acting, Hollow Cylinders:For pushing and pulling applications.RCH-SeriesPull Cylinders:The ultimate in pulling power.BRP-SeriesPage:Page:Page:Page:62624Nominal SetCapacity(ton)5101525501020305010012203060100103060–CylinderModel No.RC-55RC-102RC-106RC-1010RC-154RC-156RC-252RC-254RC-256RC-2514RC-506RCS-101RCS-201RCS-302RCS-502RCS-1002RCH-121RCH-202RCH-302RCH-603RCH-1003BRP-106CBRP-106LBRP-306BRP-606–Stroke(in)5.002.136.1310.134.006.002.004.006.2514.256.251.501.752.442.382.251.632.002.503.003.005.955.956.105.98–CollapsedHeight(in)8.504.789.7513.757.8810.696.508.5010.7518.7511.133.473.884.634.815.564.756.317.039.7510.0023.1121.3342.7228.34–58

Single-Acting, Cylinder Pump SetsSET SELECTION:Select the cylinderSELECTION EXAMPLESelected cylinder:• RC-106, Single-acting cylinder with6.13" strokeSelected pump:• P-392, Lightweight hand pumpSet model number:• SCR-106HSCSeriesCapacity:5-100 tons 1 2 3Select the pumpFind the set modelnumber in the bluefield of the matrixIncluded:• HC-7206 hose•GF-10P gauge• GA-2 adaptorStroke:1.50-14.25 inchesMaximum Operating Pressure:10,000 psi 2 Pump selection (See Pump Section of this catalog for full product descriptions)Hand PumpHand Pump Hand Pump Foot Pump Turbo II Air PumpP-142P-392P-80P-392FPPATG-1102NHoseModelNo.Accessories IncludedGaugeModelNo.GaugeAdaptorModel No.SCR-55H–––––––––––––––SCH-121H––––––––––SCR-102HSCR-106HSCR-1010HSCR-154HSCR-156HSCR-252HSCR-254HSCR-256H––SCL-101HSCL-201HSCL-302HSCL-502H––SCH-202HSCH-302H––SCP-106CHSCP-106LH––––––––––––SCR-2514HSCR-506H––––SCL-1002H–––SCH-603HSCH-1003H––SCP-306HSCP-606H––SCR-102FPSCR-106FPSCR-1010FPSCR-154FPSCR-156FPSCR-252FPSCR-254FPSCR-256FP––SCL-101FPSCL-201FPSCL-302FPSCL-502FP––SCH-202FPSCH-302FP––SCP-106CFPSCP-106LFP––––SCR-102ASCR-106ASCR-1010ASCR-154ASCR-156ASCR-252ASCR-254ASCR-256ASCR-2514ASCR-506ASCL-101ASCL-201ASCL-302ASCL-502A––SCH-202ASCH-302ASCH-603A––––––HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HB-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206–GP-10SGF-10PGF-10PGF-10PGP-10SGP-10SGF-20PGF-20PGF-20PGF-20PGF-50PGF-10PGF-230PGF-230PGF-510PGF-510PGF-120PGF-813PGF-813PGF-813PGP-10SGP-10SGP-10SGP-10SGP-10S–GA-4GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-4GA-3GA-3GA-3GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2–www.enerpac.com59

Vertical Turbine Pump DataOdessa Pump Station

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSPUMPS & MOTORSforCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water Districton theWard County Water Supply Expansion Project –Pump Station, Bid Package # 1 – Pumps and MotorsOdessa Pump StationTag Nos. P-1, & P-2Section 44 42 56.02Vertical Turbine Pumping UnitsFor questions please contact…Smith Pump Company, Inc.301 M & B IndustrialWaco, Texas 76712Attention:Matt RamburgerPhone: 254.776.0377Facsimile: 254.776.0023E-mail: mattr@smithpump.comSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSCONTRACTOR’S CHECK LIST TO OBTAIN A WARRANTYCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water DistrictWard County Water Supply Expansion Project-Pump Station, Bid Package # 1 – Pumps and MotorsOdessa PumpTag Nos. P-1, & P-2Section 44 42 56.02Vertical Turbine Pumping UnitsThere are numerous inspection points once equipment begins to arrive at the jobsite.This document provides documentation that each point of inspection has occurred, andwas acceptable.At the end of the project, Garney Companies will need Smith Pump signatures at eachinspection point for the pumping unit.Inspection Points1. Delivery inspection.2. Preparation for storage.3. Pre-grout barrel top flange level.4. Post-grout barrel top flange level..5. Pre-pipe discharge Head Level6. Pre-start megger check through leads from panel.7. Pre-start PLC settings are complete and correct.8. Impeller setting9. Successful start-up.10. Field test completion11. Post Start-up alignment check.Inspection P-1Point Date Signature1 ____ _________2 ____ _________3 ____ _________4 ____ _________5 ____ _________6 ____ _________7 ____ _________8 ____ _________9 ____ _________10 ____ _________11 ____ _________M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSInspection P-2Point Date Signature1 ____ _________2 ____ _________3 ____ _________4 ____ _________5 ____ _________6 ____ _________7 ____ _________8 ____ _________9 ____ _________10 ____ _________11 ____ _________SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSWHAT’S NEW AND CHANGED IN THIS SUBMITTALCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water DistrictOn theWard County Water Supply Expansion Project –Pump Station, Bid Package # 1 – Pumps and MotorsOdessa Pump StationTag Nos. P-1, & P-2NEW• Everything. This is a new submittal.CHANGEDNothing.SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSINDEXforCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water Districton theWard County Water Supply Expansion Project –Pump Station, Bid Package # 1 – Pumps and MotorsOdessa Pump StationTag Nos. P-1, & P-4Section 44 42 56.02Vertical Turbine Pumping UnitsITEM PAGES ----------------- DESCRIPTION --------------------1 1 Cover Page2 2 Contractor’s Checklist To Obtain A Warranty3 1 What’s New And Changed In This Submittal4 2 Index5 8 TAB: General Information… Certificate of Compliance… Warranty Statement… Submittal Data Sheet… Comments and Clarifications… 44 42 56.02 Attachment A & B… Scope of Supply, General6 TAB: Analysis….Lateral & Critical Speed Analysis… Forces and Moments Analysis… Reed Frequency Analysis… Torsional Analysis7 1 TAB: Users ListSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS8 3 TAB: O.P.S… Scope of Supply Specific9 30 TAB: Pump… Flowserve Table of Contents… Comments and Clarifications… Production Schedule… General Arrangement Drawing Bowl Assembly… Bowl Assembly Nameplate Drawing… Pump Performance Data Sheet… Full Speed curve… Multi speed Curve… Material List… Bowl Assembly Sectional Drawing… Bowl Assembly Options… Shop surface Preparation… Belzona 1341N data sheets… Tnemec Series N140 Data Sheets… Pump Test Procedures… Manufacturer’s Warranty… Rains Flo data… Overall Drawing… Barrel Drawing… Head Drawing… Top Column Drawing… Bottom Column Drawing… Coupling Assembly Drawing… Line Shaft Drawing… Top Shaft Drawing… Coupling Comparison10 15 TAB: Motor… Motor Performance Data… Motor Connection Diagram… Shaft Profile Drawing… Instrumentation Data… Outline Drawing11 6 TAB: Spreader Bar… Scope of Supply Spreader Bar… Sling Data Sheet… Clevis Data Sheet… Tnemec Series L69 Data Sheet… Spreader Bar Drawing11 6 TAB: Impeller Jack… Scope of SupplySMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS… Enerpac Cylinder Pumping Unit… Steel Jacking Plate DrawingSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSCUSTOMER:Colorado River Municipal Water DistrictWard County Water Supply Expansion Project –Pump Station, Bid Package # 1 – Pumps and MotorsPROJECT:SPCO PROJECT NO.: 166349SERVICE:Odessa Pump StationP-1, & P-2SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC.CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCESmith Pump Company certifies that the equipment described above is incompliance with the Owner’s contract documents except as described inthe submittal document to which this Certificate Of Compliance is a part._________________________________Signed:SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSWARRANTYCOLORADO RIVER MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICTWARD COUNTY WATER SUPPLY PROJECTSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC. does hereby warrant and guarantee allequipment furnished by us to be free from defect in materials orworkmanship for a period of twenty-four (24) months after date of start- upor initial use or thirty (30) months after date of delivery, whichever comesfirst. Additional manufacturers’ warranties may apply. The contractormust notify Smith Pump Company in writing at the start of the warrantyperiod.This guarantee is FOB nearest Smith Pump Company facility. SmithPump Company will not be responsible for any removal or reinstallationcharges, transportation charges, etc. in cases where equipment has failedunder these warranty conditions. The use of any equipment for other thanits intended purpose will void the warranty.Requests for start-up must occur seven (7) days prior to requestedschedule date.The equipment supplied on this project has a warranty requirementthat qualified Smith Pump Company personnel be present during theinitial equipment start-up and commissioning. Failure to request thepresence of qualified personnel may void warranty. Modifications tothe equipment without written approval from Smith Pump Companywill void the warranty.It is the responsibility of the Contractor and Owner to properly storeand maintain any and all of the furnished equipment from the time it isdelivered to the jobsite through the end on the warranty period.Failure to do so may void warranty.FOR ASSISTANCE ON WARRANTY ISSUES OR OTHER CONTACT:SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC.301 M&B INDUSTRIALWACO, TEXAS 76712phone: 800.299.8909fax: 254.776.0023website: www.smithpump.comSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

CRMWDColorado River Municipal Water DistrictOn theSUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSSubmittal DatasheetWard County Water Supply Expansion Project –Pump Station, Bid Package # 1 – Pumps and MotorsOdessa Pump StationTag Nos. P-1 & P-2Section 44 42 56.02Vertical Turbine Pumping UnitsITEM DESCRIPTION DATAUnit Tag Numbers PUMP P-1, & P-21 Make And Type Design Flowserve 23EMP2 Rated Speed 1190 rpm3 Bowl Material ASTM A48 CL30 Cast Iron4 Impeller Diameter And Material Ø16.56 inch (al-brz-C952)5 Maximum Impeller Diameter For Bowl Ø17.56 inch6 Diameter of Suction Bell Ø28 inch7 Diameter of Discharge Flange Ø24 inch8 Shutoff Head 333.3 feet9 Diameter of Bowl Shaft 2.4375” 416 sst10 Maximum Brake Horsepower 483 bhp11 NPSH R At Rated Head 21.5 feet12 NPSHr at minimum head 31.5 feet @ 10000 gpm13 Suction Specific Speed 1108014 Specific Speed 4440MOTOR1 Make And Type Design TECO – Westinghouse2 Rated Brake Horsepower 600 hp3 Rated Full Load Speed 1187 rpm4 Full Load Efficiency 94.9%5 ¾ Load Efficiency 95.2%6 Full Load Power Factor 84.8%7 ¾ Load Power Factor 83.7%SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS8 Locked Rotor KVA/hp 4.819 Frame Size 400810 Enclosure Type Weather Protected Type 111 Locked Rotor Amperes (LRA)@ Rated V 3624 amps12 Nema Starting Code Letter F13 Full Load Current 698 amps14 Service Factor 1.1515 Ambient Temp/Temp Rise @1.15 sf by RTD 50 deg C. 90 Deg CSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSCOMMENTS AND CLARIFICATIONSCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water DistrictOn theWard County Water Supply Expansion Project –Pump Station, Bid Package # 1 – Pumps and MotorsOdessa Pump StationTag Nos. P-1 & P-2Section 44 42 56.02Vertical Turbine Pumping Units1- Please advise 50% reduced speed operating conditions so that we canconfirm that the motor thrust bearing is sized correctly2- Please provide preferred shaft chrome plating method3- Shut-off head pressure at closed valve is 145 psiSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

Flowserve 25 EKM 25.34" OD 22.64" OD 2.69" 17-4PH 2.44" 416 SS 21.4' @ imp eye Bowl assembly weight4980# 2340# 9765 Lbs. 10570 Lbs. Flowserve 23EPM1190 119086.3% Bowl Eff. 86.7% Bowl Eff.5 3AL-Brz-C952Al-Brz-C9523-1/4" Dia /416 SST 2-15/16" Dia/416 SST18" Dia x 1/2" Wall 24" Dia x 1/2" Wall39500 Lbs. 21000 Lbs.839.6'2680 4440333.3'9860 110801863 n/a1288 48328.5' @ imp eye31.5' @ imp eye21.5' @ imp eye18703 Lbs. 9850 Lbs.28,468 Lbs. 20420 Lbs.

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSSCOPE OF SUPPLYGENERALCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water DistrictOn theWard County Water Supply Expansion Project –Pump Station, Bid Package # 1- Pumps and MotorsOdessa Pump StationTag Nos. P-1 & P-2Section 44 42 56.02Vertical Turbine Pumping UnitsNON-MATERIAL REQUIREMENTSSUBMITTALS- General Submittal Data (enclosed).- Lateral and Critical Speed Analysis (enclosed)- Torsional Analysis (enclosed)- Certificate (of Compliance)(enclosed)-- Test Procedure- (Hydrostatic and performance)(enclosed)- Shop Test Reports & Inspections- (Non-Witnessed Hydrostatic pump bowls)(later)- (Non-Witnessed Performance test bowls bowl assembly)(later)- (motor shop tests, complete non-witnessed. (later)- Manufacturer’s I,O, & M Manual, Preliminary & Final (later)EQUIPMENT DELIVERY AND STORAGE- Ship pumps partially assembled to jobsite. Motors ship loose.- Unloading will be by Contractor.- Storage will be by Contractor.… Store motors inside.… Hook up space heaters w/in two days of arrival. Motors shipwith oil lubricant.… Contractor to rotate motor shaft several revolutions by hand weeklySMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSuntil startup.- Final assembly will be by Smith Pump. Contractor to supply crane.TESTING & INSPECTIONSSHOP TESTING – Motors (non-witnessed)- Complete test.- Shipping hold until approval of test reports.SHOP TESTING – Pumps- Hydrostatic test pump bowl assembly (non- witnessed).- Pump performance test of pump with lab motor at full speed.Test according to Hydraulic Institute Standards(non-witnessed).- Shipping hold until approval of test reports.FIELD SERVICE- Instruct Contractor on proper unloading, storage, and installation ofequipment.- Perform Pre-startup megger check through leads from panel.- Perform Pre-startup PLC settings are complete and correct.- Instruct Owner on proper operation and maintenance of equipment.FIELD TESTING- Pre Start Up… check barrel top flange for level before grouting and aftergrouting, check discharge head for level before piping. Proper motorlubrication, check the PLC settings are complete and correct.- From panel, perform a megger test @ 5000 volts dc to confirm appropriateresistance to ground.- Startup, operate motor uncoupled and check for proper rotation, mechanicaland electrical operation per I, O, &M manual.- Couple motor to pump and start.- Post Startup… during operation check equipment for vibration, noise, andgeneral performance. Run equipment sufficiently long to see thattemperature stabilizes. Record speed, pressure, flow, amperage, voltage,RTD readings, and vibration during the operational test.- Prepare final field testing report.SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-1 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump AiProject: 19726SHAFT TORSIONAL VIBRATION19726 – Ward County – OPSPrepared By: Charles R. McCreary Date: 02/17/12Engineering Project Mgr: Charles R. McCreary Date: 02/17/12Released By: Charles R. McCreary Date: 02/17/12CRM Engineering Services13774 Hwy 322Kilgore, TX 75662Proprietary NoticeCRM Engineering Services proprietary rights are included in the information disclosed herein. By accepting thisdocument, the recipient agrees that neither this document nor the information disclosed herein nor any partthereof shall be reproduced or transferred to other documents or used or disclosed to others for manufacturingor any other purpose except as specifically authorized in writing by CRM Engineering.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-1 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump AiiProject: 19726REVISION RECORDRevision Date CommentA 02/17/12 Initial DraftProprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-1 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump AiiiProject: 19726Table of Contents1INTRODUCTION.......................................................................................................................11.1Purpose..............................................................................................................................11.2Scope.................................................................................................................................11.2.1Torsional Vibration......................................................................................................12APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS....................................................................................................11.3Client..................................................................................................................................11.3.1Drawings.....................................................................................................................11.3.2Documents..................................................................................................................11.4REQUIREMENTS..............................................................................................................13Analysis Methodology...............................................................................................................21.5Commercial Programs.......................................................................................................21.6Approach............................................................................................................................22Results......................................................................................................................................42.1Summary............................................................................................................................42.2Torsional Natural Frequencies...........................................................................................42.3Torsional Vibration.............................................................................................................52.3.1Steady State...............................................................................................................52.3.2Transient Response...................................................................................................5Proprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-1 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump A 1Project: 197261 INTRODUCTION1.1 PurposeAssessment of the torsional vibration characteristics of the pump shafting.1.2 Scope1.2.1 Torsional VibrationDetermine the torsional natural frequencies of the pump shafting and the expected stressfrom torsional vibrations.2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTSThe following documents form a part of this document to the extent specified herein. Unlesslisted by revision letter or date of issue, the current revision of the document is applicable. Inthe event of conflict between the documents referenced herein and the contents of thisdocument, the contents of this document take precedence.1.3 Client1.3.1 DrawingsDrawing package1.3.2 DocumentsMotor data sheetsPump data sheetsSupplied with POSupplied with POSupplied with PO1.4 REQUIREMENTSThis document is the sole statement of work performed by CRM Engineering Services.Proprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-1 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump A 2Project: 197263 Analysis Methodology1.5 Commercial ProgramsProgram UseABAQUS General purpose linear/non-linear finite element analysis programMathcad Engineering calculation program1.6 ApproachThe analyses were performed using generally accepted techniques and methods.Proprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-1 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump A 3Project: 19726Illustration 1: Overall drawingProprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-1 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump A 4Project: 197262 Results2.1 SummaryThe first torsional natural frequency at 23.5 Hz (1410 rpm) is above the maximum operatingspeed of 1200 rpm.2.2 Torsional Natural FrequenciesMode1 23.52 125.93 248.64 357.15 441.46 578.8Frequency (Hz)Table 1: Calculated torsional natural frequenciesProprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-1 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump A 5Project: 197262.3 Torsional VibrationAn interference or cambell diagram is shown in Illustration 2. It plots the torsional naturalfrequencies and the running speed. If there are intersections between the torsional naturalfrequencies and the forcing functions within the operating range, a transient torsional vibrationanalysis should be performed.2.3.1 Steady StateIllustration 3 plots the steady state torsional response to a unit torque. The only significantamplification is from a torque excitation at 23.8 Hz (1428 rpm).2.3.2 Transient ResponseThe forcing function is assumed of the formT 0= Nominal torque(1.0in.⋅lbf )n=harmonic number (1,2,3,. ..)A=accelerationt=total time (s)T =T 0 ⋅sin(π⋅n⋅A⋅t 2 ) whereSince the nominal torque is unity, the results are scalable. For example, if the 5 th harmonicproduces a torque of 1% of nominal and the transient torsional vibration analysis predicts apeak of 200% of the torque amplitude, the actual torque amplitude is 0.01 x 2 xT 0=0.02⋅T 0 .Illustration 4 plots the expected torque amplification during startup.Proprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-1 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump A 6Project: 19726Interference DiagramHz1009080706050403020100500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 130060.00%100.00%1N2N3NTNF #1TNF #2TNF #3TNF #4TNF #5TNF #6Operating Speed (RPM)Illustration 2: Interference diagramProprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-1 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump A 7Project: 19726Illustration 3: Steady state torsional response to unit torqueProprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

CRM EngineeringServicesKilgore, TXNo. 20120217-1 Revision PageClient: Smith Pump A 8Project: 19726Illustration 4: Transient torque in shaft due to 4s startup using unit torque.Proprietary NoticeUse or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the Proprietary and Export Control Statementson the title sheet of this document.

Order # Site Model Service Liquid TempSuctPress PSI Disc Press PSICapacity(gpm)Head(ft) Speed SG HP Material Stg Ship Date Qty Customer End UserE000971 tany 25EKM RAW WATER RAW WATER AMB 0 154.8 7290 357.6 1200 1 950 B 3 3/14/2002 2 DUKE/FLOUR DANIEL WATERFORD ENERGY FACILITYP003556 tany 23EPM RAW WATER RIVER WATER AMB 0 0 9000 250 1175 1 800 B 4 2/3/2006 1 Public Service Co Of Ok AEP-PUBLIC SERVICE CO.s001528 tany 23EPM HIGH SERVICE POTABLE WATER AMB 0 0 5600 360 900 1 700 B 8 11/30/2001 1 ATLANTIC SKANSKA, INC. Beers Construction Co.S002825 tany 25EKM RAW WATER RAW WATER 85 0 114 6750 265 1180 1 600 B 2 5/27/2004 2 ADAMS ROBINSON ENTERPRISE ADAMS ROBINSON CONSTR.S002825 tany 25EKM RAW WATER RAW WATER 85 0 114 6750 265 1180 1 600 B 2 5/27/2004 2 ADAMS ROBINSON ENTERPRISE ADAMS ROBINSON CONSTR.E002084 tany 25EKM OTHER SEAWATER 104 0 89.6 6000 207 1185 1 450 SS 2 8/31/2009 3 BARIVEN, S.A. CLOVER INTERNATIONAL INC.S003776 tany 23EPM LIFT STATION WATER AMB 0 0 8800 142 1200 1 400 B 2 5/30/2006 3 R.H. White Construction R.H. WHITE CONSTRUCTIONS002765 tany 25EKM RAW WATER RAW WATER 60 0 52.7 7639 124 1180 1 350 B 1 3/23/2004 1 BURGIN CONSTRUCTION COMPA Burgin Const. CompanyS002824 tany 23EPM RAW WATER RAW WATER AMB 0 18.8 9000 120 1180 1 350 B 2 4/1/2004 3 ADAMS ROBINSON ENTERPRISE ADAMS ROBINSON CONSTR.E000880 tany 23EPM CONDENSATE WATER AMB 0 0 8500 115 1180 0 300 SS 2 9/27/2001 2 ONTARIO POWER GENERATION Ontario Power GenerationE001100 tany 23EPM CONDENSATE WATER 73 0 0 8500 115 1180 1 300 B 5 7/17/2002 2 ONTARIO POWER GENERATION ONTARIO POWER GENERATIONE001101 tany 23EPM CONDENSATE WATER 73 0 0 8500 115 1180 1 300 B 2 10/15/2002 2 ONTARIO POWER GENERATION ONTARIO POWER GENERATIONE001102 tany 23EPM CONDENSATE WATER 73 0 0 8500 115 1180 1 300 B 2 10/16/2002 2 ONTARIO POWER GENERATION ONTARIO POWER GENERATIONE001971 tany 25EKM BACKWASH FILTER WATER 89 0 39.7 6600 85.5 1200 1 250 B 1 3/31/2009 1 BECHTEL-JACOBS CEP PORT A LATERP003159 tany 23EPM CONDENSATE WATER AMB 0 0 9000 56 1200 0 200 B 1 10/20/2004 1 FLOWSERVE/WOODBRIDGE-CNDA FLOWSERVE/WOODBRIDGE-CNDAS003775 tany 23EPM OTHER WATER AMB 0 0 8800 70 1185 1 200 B 1 6/30/2006 3 R.H. White Construction R.H. WHITE CONSTRUCTIONS004328 tany 23EPM RAW WATER WATER AMB 0 0 9275 44 1200 1 200 DI 1 5/21/2008 2 SLAYDEN CONSTRUCTION, INC SAVAGE RAPIDS DAMS004504 tany 23EPM OTHER WATER AMB 0 0 9613 60 1200 1 200 B 1 3/7/2008 3 PEACE RIVER/MANASOTA REG PEACE RIVER WATER AUTHOR.S004504 tany 23EPM OTHER WATER AMB 0 0 9613 60 1200 1 200 B 1 3/7/2008 3 PEACE RIVER/MANASOTA REG PEACE RIVER WATER AUTHOR.V001479 tany 23EPM UNKNOWN UNKNOWN AMB 0 0 8200 65 1180 0 200 B 1 11/15/2000 1 Process Systems, Inc.#578 SEE TEXTE001280 tany 23EPM COOLING WATER WATER AMB 0 0 8000 59 1200 1 175 SS 1 10/3/2003 1 INTERSTATE POWER & LIGHT POWER IOWAS003826 tany 23EPM RAW WATER RAW WATER AMB 0 0 6250 80 900 1 150 B 2 10/19/2006 2 Haren Construction Co. HAREN CONSTRUCTION CO.P004682 tany 23EPM OTHER OTHER AMB 0 0 7045 33 985 1 100 B 1 5/28/2009 6 FINE PEAK ELECTRICAL $ IN FINE PEAK ELECTRICAL $ INs001525 tany 23EPM RAW WATER WATER AMB 0 0 5600 45 900 1 75 B 1 11/30/2001 1 ATLANTIC SKANSKA, INC. Beers Construction Co.S001809 tany 23EPM RAW WATER RAW WATER AMB 0 0 0 0 900 0 75 B 2 2/21/2002 2 CARTER & VERPLANCK, INC. THE POOLE & KENT COMPANYP003848 tany 23EPM OTHER OTHER AMB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 B 4 12/18/2006 1 Public Service Co Of Ok AEP-PUBLIC SERVICE CO.V002686 tany 23EPM GENERAL INDUSTRIAL WATER AMB 0 0 9000 56 1180 1 0 B 1 10/27/2005 1 FLOWSERVE/WOODBRIDGE-CNDA FLOWSERVE/WOODBRIDGE-CNDAV003234 tany 23EPM OTHER WATER AMB 0 0 8805 114 1180 1 0 B 2 3/26/2008 1 Hamechadesh Industries CONTERM

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSSCOPE OF SUPPLYPUMP & MOTORGARNEY COMPANIESCOLORADO RIVER MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICTWARD COUNTY WATER SUPPLY PROJECTSection 44 42 56.02Vertical Turbine Pumping UnitsOdessa Pump StationSPECIFIC MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS – PUMP & MOTORPerformance RequirementsPUMPING CONDITIONS AT MAXIMUM RATED SPEED:Rated Capacity (per pump) Q = 8675 gpm (12.5 MGD)Rated Head (at 100% speed) H = 170’ tdhMax Head Duty Point H = 200’ tdhMin Head Duty Point (at 100% Speed) H = 95’ tdhEfficiency Evaluation Point: H = 170’ tdhMax Motor Horsepower (HP) P = 600Motor Voltage S = 460 volt 3phMax Shut-off Head H = 300’Max SpeedN = 1200 rpmMin Speed N = 50%Pump Length:Base to Bottom of Strainer = 31.38 ftSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSPumping UnitTwo (2) – Pumping unit complete as described in Performance Requirementsabove and as further outlined below…Flowserve vertical turbine water lubricated line shaft diffuser pump…- One(1) - 3 stage model 23EPM cast iron bronze fitted bowlassembly. Suction case, series cases, & top case are cast iron.Impellers are enclosed, dynamically balanced & locked to the bowlshaft & are al / Bz bronze. The impellers and bowls havereplaceable bronze wear rings. The pump shaft is a type 416phstainless steel. Bowl shaft bearings (bottom, series, and top) arebronze. The bottom bearing is permanently lubricated bya non-soluble grease. The series case & top case bearingare product water lubricated. All bolting is stainless steel.- One(1) – item of column, flanged-bottom 24” O.D. – 1/2” wall x 75.5” longfabricated from steel plate & pipe w/ 2” thick flanges having aligning registerswith weld in spiders, marine type bronze backed fluted viton rubber bearingsand Buna N orings. Includes lifting lugs w/ support pads and 24- 1-1/8”diameter holes on a 27.25” bolt circle. All bolts, nuts and washers to bestainless steel.Two(2) – item of column, flanged-intermediate 24” O.D. – 1/2” wall x76” long fabricated from steel plate & pipe w/ 2” thick flanges havingaligning registers with weld in spiders, marine type bronze backedfluted viton rubber bearings and Buna N orings. Includes lifting lugs w/support pads and 24- 1-1/8” diameter holes on a 27.25” bolt circle. All bolts,nuts and washers to be stainless steel- And .- One(1) – item of column, flanged-top 24” O.D. – 1/2” wall x 76” longfabricated from steel plate & pipe w/ 2” thick flanges having aligning registerswith weld in spiders, marine type bronze backed fluted viton rubber bearingsand Buna N Orings. Includes lifting lugs w/ support pads and 24- 1-1/8”diameter holes on a 27.25” bolt circle. All bolts, nuts and washers to bestainless steel.- One(1) – item of shafting, line 2-15/16” ∅ in lengths appropriate for eachcolumn section of type 416 stainless steel w/ keyed line shaft couplings ofsimilar material.- One(1) – shaft, head 2-15/16” ∅ of type 416 stainless steel with chromeplating at stuffing box area.- One(1) – pump to motor adjustable type coupling, to transmit torque frommotor, thrust from pump, and to set impeller lift in zinc plated low carbonsteel.- One(1) – discharge head with 24” – flanged miter discharge elbowfabricated of ASTM A-36 steel that includes a machined base plate w/aligning register for column, machined stuffing box plate, and machinedmotor flange with aligning register. Couplingaccess windows each have a coupling guard, hinged (316 s.s.).SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS- One(1) – item of surface preparation for painting…blast clean allsurfaces to be coated.- One(1) – item of coating inside of bowl with Belzona 1341NSF, outside ofbowl, inside and outside of column, inside discharge elbow and nozzle andunderside of motor pedestal with three coats of Tnemec Series 140 Pot-a-Pox Plus (4 mils per coat). Exterior of discharge head to receive one primercoat of Tnemec Series 69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II (4 to 6 mils dft) and one finishcoat of Tnemec Series 75 Endura-Shield (3 to 5 mils dft) Motors to besupplied with manufacturers standard paint. (Finish Color of Motor andDischarge Head to be selected by Owner)- One(1) – item of field assembly as required.- One(1) – Impeller jacking unit.- One(1) – Spreader Bar and Lifting slings and shackles.One(1) – Vertical solid shaft premium efficient invertor motor.600 hp @ 1200 rpm 460v / 3 ph / 60 cyc 1.15 s.f.- Class F insulation.- Locked Rotor Code F.- Stator Form wound- Copper Bar Rotor- 50deg C maximum ambient- Weather Protected Nema Type I Enclosure- Space heaters, 120v, 1 ph terminated in separate j-box.- Antifriction type thrust bearing, oil lube, insulated, air cooled.- Antifriction type guide bearing, oil lube, un-insulated, & air cooled.- Stator winding RTD”s- Bearing RTD’s- Motor Terminal Box,- Accessory terminal boxes as required.Noise is limited to 85 dBASMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

Smith Pump CompanyWard County Water Supply Expansion ProjectService: Vertical TurbineModel: 23EPM-3Tag: OPS-P1/P2Customer P.O.#: PU18771Flowserve Corp.#: 047-79876Shop Order #: S005704S/N: 12XXMS005704-1/2January 12, 2012Revision AFlowserve Pump Division5310 Taneytown PikeTaneytown, MD 21787410 756-2602

TABLE OF CONTENTSSECTION 1Comments & ClarificationsProduction ScheduleGeneral Arrangement Drawing & Recommended DimensionsNameplate DrawingPump Performance DataPerformance CurveMaterials ListCross-Sectional DrawingsShop Surface Preparation & Coating SystemPump Test ProceduresManufacturer's Warranty

January 12, 2012Comments & ClarificationsSpec. Section: 44 42 56.02 VERTICAL TURBINE PUMPSContractor: Smith Pump CompanyTag: OPS-P1/P2Project: Ward County Water Supply Shop Order: S005704Service: Vertical TurbineS/N: 12XXMS005704-1/2P.O.: PU18771Rev: AFlowserve Pump Division respectfully submits the following comments to the ConstructionSubmittal Review.Flowserve is supplying only the bowl assembly portion of the pumping unit.Per Proposal Date 11/9/11, the following items are not included:A. Engineering Analyses.B. Assembly or match-marking of complete built-up pump.C. Any installation or Field Services, field testing, test instruments, vibration analysis ornoise testing.D. Vibration isolation equipment.E. Seal water or drain accessories such as piping, flow indicators, pressure reducingvalves, Y-strainers, fittings or tubing.F. Gauges and T cocks, or accessories.G. Templates, soleplates/sub-base plates, anchor bolts.H. Spare parts.I. Motors, VFDs, or any type of controls, instrumentation, MCCs, starters, power factorcorrrection capacitors, or their spare parts, panels, cable, wiring, conduits, temperature orvibration probes, transducers, remote controls, or monitoring systems.J. Standard tools or tool chests, lubricants, grease fitting extensions or guns.K. Any travel arrangements or expenses for witnesses or inspectors at Flowserve.L. Field painting, touch-up paint supplies.M. Long term storage packaging.N. Operator training or training programs.O. Impeller jacking unit.

January 12, 2012Nameplate Drawing / Bowl AssembliesContractor: Smith Pump CompanyProject: Ward County WateService: Vertical TurbineP.O.: PU18771Tag: OPS-P1/P2Shop Order: S005704S/N: 12XXMS005704-1/2Rev: APrimary Nameplate23EPM38681GPM,170FT12XXMS0057041/2

January 12, 2012Pump Performance DataContractor: Smith Pump CompanyTag: OPS-P1/P2Project: Ward County Water Supp Shop Order: S005704Service: Vertical TurbineS/N: 12XXMS005704-1/2P.O.: PU18771Rev: APerformance of subject tags at maximum pump speed of1190 RPM is as follows:Maximum Shut-Off Head:Design Flow:Design Flow Bowl Head:Design Flow Bowl Efficiency:333.3 FT.8681 GPM170.5 FT.86.7 %Flowserve only guarantees the design point* Refer to performance curve on the following page

Customer : CRMWD Pump size & type : 23EPMItem number : OPS-P1/P2 - REV-TV Based on curve no. : EC-1565-MODService : Odessa Transmission Number of stages : 3Vendor reference : 5553-10015 Capacity : 8681.0 USgpm Specific gravity : 1.000Date : December 16, 2011 Head : 170.00 ft Pump speed : 1190 rpmTest tolerance : Hydraulic Institute Level ACURVES ARE APPROXIMATE, PUMP IS GUARANTEED FOR ONE SET OF CONDITIONS, CAPACITY, HEAD, AND EFFICIENCY.800Bowl performance shown below is corrected for materials, viscosity and construction.Bowl [Bowls performance coatedshown with Belzona below is 134 corrected NSF / Impellers for materials, polished viscosity to #3and Finish] construction.Power - hp600400200Power05001004509040017.56 in MaximumEfficiency8035016.56 in Rated70Head - ft30025020015015.75 in MinimumMCSF60504030Efficiency1005000 4000 8000 12000Bowl head of 170.5 ft corresponds with 170.0 ft head at mounting surface adjusted for elevation and friction losses.Preferred Operating Range6620-9515 GPMAllowable Operating Range 5792-9929 GPMCapacity - USgpmNPSHr4020NPSHr - ft20100WinPROS+ V3.3.3

Pump size & type23EPMFlowserve Pump DivisionCurve numberEC-1565Capacity: 8681.0 USgpmSpecific gravity : 1.000Stage(s) : 3400Head: 170.0 ftRunning speed: 1190 rpmDate : Jan 13, 20121003609016.56 in32080280702406020050Head - ft1601201190 rpm4030Efficiency80952 rpm1071 rpm4020400595 rpm714 rpm833 rpm20NPSHr - ft1000 4000 8000 12000Capacity - USgpm

H:\2001PROJECTS\VERTICAL TURBINE\[FLSVTP - CRMWD - Ward County - 460 volt.xls]W TO W EFF.WIRE TO WATER EFFICIENCY CALCULATIONSOLID SHAFT VERTICAL TURBINE WORKSHEETCRMWD - Ward CountyOPS - P1, P2CALCULATION OF WIRE TO WATER EFFICIENCYBASED ON PUMP & MOTOR DATA ANDBASED ON PUMP OPERATION WITH PROJECTSYSTEM CURVE AT RATED HEAD.MANUFACTURERPUMP MODELFlow, gpmFlowserve23EPM 3 stage8675Head, ft 170Bowl Eff - % PER TEST 86.5%Bowl HP 430.53FRICTION CALCULATIONS:Column; 0.22Head; 0.34Total Friction Loss, ft 0.56TOTAL LAB HEAD, ft 170.00Total Friction Head, ft 0.56TOTAL FIELD HEAD, ft 170.56Shaft BHP 0.54Bowl BHP 430.53TOTAL PUMP HORSEPOWER 431.08PUMP FIELD EFFICIENCY - % 86.1%Motor Efficiency w/o Thrust, 94.7%Downthrust, lbs 10836Input Motor Horsepower = BHPp/EFFmtr 455.20Thrust BHP = thrust x rpm x 7.5x10 -8 0.96Total Input BHP 456.16MOTOR EFFICIENCY w/ thrust load, % 94.5%WIRE TO WATER EFFICIENCY, % 81.4%

Material ListCustomer: Smith Pump CompanyOrder Number: 047-79876Size & Type: 23EPM-3Quantity: 2Date: 12/19/2011Ref. No.Bowl Assembly Assembly Cross Section: 901.14Name of PartMaterial2 Impeller ALUMINUM BRONZE / ASTM B148 ALLOY C9526 Pump Shaft A564 17-4 PH STAINLESS STEEL8 Impeller Wear Ring AL-BRONZE / ASTM B148 ALLOY C95226 Cap Screw 316 STAINLESS STEEL32 Key 316 STAINLESS STEEL55 Suction Bell CAST IRON125 Grease Plug STEEL / ASTM A105310 Bowl CAST IRON312 Split Thrust Ring (Impeller) 316 STAINLESS STEEL319 Bowl Wear Ring AL-BRONZE / ASTM B148 ALLOY C952322 Bowl Bearing BRONZE / ASTM B271 ALLOY C93200323 Suction Bearing BRONZE / ASTM B271 ALLOY C93200356 Cap Screw 316 STAINLESS STEEL357 Nut 316 STAINLESS STEEL358 Cap Screw 316 STAINLESS STEEL430 O-Ring RUBBER / BUNA-N472 Diffusion Cone STEEL / ASTM A108 GRADE 1018

January 12, 2012Shop Surface Preparation & Coating SystemContractor: Smith Pump CompanyTag: OPS-P1/P2Project: Ward County Water Supp Shop Order: S005704Service: Vertical TurbineS/N: 12XXMS005704-1/2P.O.: PU18771Rev: ACoating DetailsInterior of Bowl Assembly will receive:>Surface preparation to SSPC-SP10.>One coat of Belzona 1341N Supermetalglide, 10 mils DFT.*Exterior of Bowl Assembly will receive:>Surface preparation to SSPC-SP6.>One prime coat of Tnemec Series N140F, Pota-Pox Plus, F1211 Red, 4-6 mils DFT.>Finish coat of Tnemec Series N140F, Pota-Pox Plus, 15BL Tank White, 4-6 mils DFT.>Total System: Minimum 10 mils DFT.Coating Data SheetsData sheets for the coatings specified above are following this page.

POTA-POX ® PLUSPRODUCT DATA SHEETN140F or V140FPRODUCT PROFILEGENERIC DESCRIPTIONCOMMON USAGECOLORSSPECIAL QUALIFICATIONSPERFORMANCE CRITERIAPolyamidoamine EpoxyInnovative potable water coating which offers high-build edge protection and allows for application at a wide range oftemperatures (down to 35°F or 2°C). For use on the interior and exterior of steel or concrete tanks, reservoirs, pipes,valves, pumps and equipment in potable water service. Note: Series V140F conforms with air pollution regulationslimiting Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) to a maximum of 250 grams/litre (2.08 lbs/gal). In areas requiring less than100 grams/litre VOC, please refer to the Series L140F data sheet.F1211 Fast Cure Red, F1255 Fast Cure Beige, 11WH Fast Cure White, 15BL Fast Cure Tank White, 39BL Fast Cure DelftBlue, 35GR Fast Cure Black. Note: Epoxies chalk with extended exposure to sunlight. Lack of ventilation, incompletemixing, miscatalyzation or the use of heaters that emit carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide during application and initialstages of curing may cause yellowing to occur.Certified by NSF International in accordance with NSF/ANSI Std. 61. Ambient air cured Series N140F is qualified for useon tanks and reservoirs of 1,000 gallons (3,785L) capacity or greater, pipes 14 inches (30 cm) in diameter or greater andvalves four (4) inches (10 cm) in diameter or greater. Series V140F is qualified for use on tanks of 20,000 gallons (75,708L)capacity or greater, valves two (2) inches (5 cm) in diameter or greater and fittings 1/2 inch (1 cm) in diameter or greater.Note: NSF certification for Series V140F applies to colors 1211 Red, 1255 Beige and 15BL Tank White only. Conforms toAWWA D 102 Inside Systems No. 1 and No. 2. Contact your Tnemec representative for systems and additionalinformation. A two-coat system at 4.0-6.0 dry mils (100-150 dry microns) per coat passes the performance requirements ofMIL-PRF-4556F for fuel storage. Reference the "Search Listings" section of the NSF website at www.nsf.org for details onthe maximum allowable DFT.Extensive test data available. Contact your Tnemec representative for specific test results.COATING SYSTEMPRIMERSTOPCOATSSelf-priming, 20, FC20, 22, 91-H 2 O, 94-H 2 O, L140, L140F, N140, V140, V140FInterior: Series 20, FC20, 22, L140, L140F, N140, V140, V140FExterior: Series 27, 66, L69, L69F, N69, N69F, V69, V69F, 73, L140, L140F, N140, N140F, V140, V140F, 161, 180, 1074,1074U, 1075, 1075U, 1080, 1081. Refer to COLORS on applicable topcoat data sheets for additional information. Note: Thefollowing recoat times apply for Series N140F: Immersion Service—Surface must be scarified after 30 days. AtmosphericService—After 30 days, scarification or an epoxy tie-coat is required. Contact your Tnemec representative for specificrecommendations.SURFACE PREPARATIONPRIMED STEELSTEELCAST/DUCTILE IRONCONCRETEALL SURFACESImmersion Service: Scarify the Series N140F, 20 or FC20 prime coat surface by abrasive blasting with fine abrasive beforetopcoating if it has been exterior exposed for 30 days or longer and N140F is the specified topcoat.Immersion Service: SSPC-SP10/NACE 2 Near-White Blast Cleaning with a minimum angular anchor profile of 1.5 milsNon-Immersion Service: SSPC-SP6/NACE 3 Commercial Blast Cleaning with a minimum angular anchor profile of 1.5 mils.Contact Tnemec Technical Services.Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. For optimum results and/or immersion service, abrasive blast referencing SSPC-SP13/NACE 6, ICRI-CSP 2-4 Surface Preparation of Concrete and Tnemec’s Surface Preparation and Application Guide. Fillall holes, pits, voids and cracks with 63-1500, 215 or 218.Must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants.TECHNICAL DATAVOLUME SOLIDS 68.0 ± 2.0% (mixed) †RECOMMENDED DFT 2.0 to 10.0 mils (50 to 225 microns) per coat. Note: MIL-PRF-4556F applications require two coats at 4.0-6.0 mils (100-150microns) per coat. Otherwise, the number of coats and thickness requirements will vary with substrate, applicationmethod and exposure. Contact your Tnemec representative.CURING TIME AT 5 MILS DFTTemperature To Handle To Recoat Immersion75°F (24°C) 4 hours 5 hours 7 days65°F (18°C) 7-8 hours 9-11 hours 8 days55°F (13°C) 12-14 hours 16-20 hours 9-10 days45°F (7°C) 18-22 hours 28-32 hours 12-13 days35°F (2°C) 28-32 hours 46-50 hours 16-18 daysCuring time varies with surface temperature, air movement, humidity and film thickness.Note: For valve applications allow 14 days cure at 75°F (24°C) prior to immersion. For pipe applications allow 30 dayscure at 75°F (24°C) prior to immersion. Ventilation: When used in enclosed areas, provide adequate ventilation duringapplication and cure.VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS N140F: Unthinned: 2.3 lbs/gallon (273 grams/litre) V140F: Unthinned: 1.84 lbs/gallon (221 grams/litre)Thinned 5% (#60): 2.5 lbs/gallon (299 grams/litre) Thinned 4.5% (#4): 2.08 lbs/gallon (250 grams/litre)Thinned 10% (#4): 2.7 lbs/gallon (323 grams/litre) †HAPS N140F: Unthinned: 2.3 lbs/gal solids Thinned 5% (#60): 2.3 lbs/gal solids Thinned 10% (#4): 3.1 lbs/gal solidsV140F: Unthinned: 1.96 lbs/gal solids Thinned 4.5% (#4): 2.3 lbs/gal solidsTHEORETICAL COVERAGE 1,094 mil sq ft/gal (26.8 m²/L at 25 microns). See APPLICATION for coverage rates. †NUMBER OF COMPONENTS Two: Part A (amine) and Part B (epoxy)PACKAGING 5 gallon (18.9L) pails and 1 gallon (3.79L) cans — Order in multiples of 2.© 7/29/2009, by Tnemec Co., Inc.Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.comshould be referenced for the most current technical data and instructions or you may contact your Tnemec representativefor current technical data and instructions.Page 1 of 2

PRODUCT DATA SHEETPOTA-POX ® PLUS | N140F or V140FNET WEIGHT PER GALLON N140F: 12.68 ± 0.25 lbs (5.75 ± .11 kg) (mixed) V140F: 13.02 ± 0.25 lbs (5.91 ± .11 kg) (mixed) †STORAGE TEMPERATURE Minimum 20°F (-7°C) Maximum 110°F (43°C)For optimum application properties, material temperature should be above 60°F (16°C) prior to application.TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE (Dry) Continuous 250°F (121°C) Intermittent 275°F (135°C)SHELF LIFE 24 months at recommended storage temperature.FLASH POINT - SETA N140F & V140F Part A: 82°F (28°C) N140F Part B: 80°F (27°C) V140F Part B: 86°F (30°C)HEALTH & SAFETY Paint products contain chemical ingredients which are considered hazardous. Read container label warning and MaterialSafety Data Sheet for important health and safety information prior to the use of this product.Keep out of the reach of children.APPLICATIONCOVERAGE RATESDry Mils (Microns) Wet Mils (Microns) Sq Ft/Gal (m²/Gal)Suggested 6.0 (150) 9.0 (230) 182 (16.9)Minimum 2.0 (50) 3.0 (75) 545 (50.7)Maximum 10.0 (225) 15.0 (375) 109 (10.1)Note: Roller or brush application requires two or more coats to obtain recommended film thickness. Allow for oversprayand surface irregularities. Wet film thickness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating belowminimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance. Referencethe “Search Listings” section of the NSF website at www.nsf.org for details on the maximum allowable DFT. †MIXING l. Start with equal amounts of both Parts A & B.2. Using a power mixer, separately stir Parts A & B.3. Add Part A to Part B under agitation, stir until thoroughly mixed.4. Both components should be above 50°F (10°C) prior to mixing. For application to surfaces between 35°F to 50°F (2°Cto 10°C), allow mixed material to stand thirty (30) minutes and restir before using. For optimum application properties,blended components should be above 40°F (4°C).THINNING Use No. 4 or No. 60 Thinner for N140F. Use No. 4 Thinner for V140F. For air spray, thin up to 10% or 3/4 pint (380 mL)per gallon with No. 4 Thinner or thin up to 5% or 1/4 pint (190 mL) per gallon with No. 60 Thinner. For airless spray,roller or brush, thin up to 5% or 1/4 pint (190 mL) per gallon. Caution: Series N140F NSF certification is based on thinningwith No. 4 or No. 60 Thinner for tanks and only No. 60 Thinner for pipe and valves. Series V140F NSF certification isbased on thinning with No. 4 Thinner only. Use of any other thinner voids ANSI/NSF Std. 61 certification. Note: Whenusing Series V140F, a maximum of 4.5% of No. 4 Thinner may be used to comply with VOC regulations.POT LIFE 4 hours at 35°F (2°C) 2 hours at 77°F (25°C) 1 hour at 100°F (38°C)APPLICATION EQUIPMENT Air SprayGun Fluid Tip Air Cap Air Hose ID Mat’l Hose IDAtomizingPressurePot PressureDeVilbiss JGA E 765 or 7045/16” or 3/8”(7.9 or 9.5 mm)Low temperatures or longer hoses require higher pot pressure.3/8” or 1/2”(9.5 or 12.7mm)75-100 psi(5.2-6.9 bar)10-20 psi(0.7-1.4 bar)Airless SprayTip Orifice Atomizing Pressure Mat’l Hose ID Manifold Filter0.015”-0.019”(380-485 microns)3000-4800 psi(207-330 bar)1/4” or 3/8”(6.4 or 9.5 mm)60 mesh(250 microns)Use appropriate tip/atomizing pressure for equipment, applicator technique and weather conditions.Roller: Roller application optional when environmental restrictions do not allow spraying. Use 3/8” or 1/2” (9.5 mm to12.7 mm) synthetic woven nap roller covers.Brush: Recommended for small areas only. Use high quality natural or synthetic bristle brushes.SURFACE TEMPERATURE Minimum 35°F (2°C) Maximum 135°F (57°C)The surface should be dry and at least 5°F (3°C) above the dew point. Coating won’t cure below minimum surfacetemperature.CLEANUP Flush and clean all equipment immediately after use with the recommended thinner or MEK.† Values may vary with color.WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF SELLER'S LIABILITY: Tnemec Company, Inc. warrants only that its coatings represented herein meet the formulation standards of Tnemec Company, Inc. THEWARRANTY DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE PARAGRAPH SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIEDWARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES THAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. Thebuyer's sole and exclusive remedy against Tnemec Company, Inc. shall be for replacement of the product in the event a defective condition of the product should be found to exist and theexclusive remedy shall not have failed its essential purpose as long as Tnemec is willing to provide comparable replacement product to the buyer. NO OTHER REMEDY (INCLUDING, BUT NOTLIMITED TO, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY, ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTALOR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS) SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE BUYER. Technical and application information herein is provided for the purpose of establishing a general profile of the coating andproper coating application procedures. Test performance results were obtained in a controlled environment and Tnemec Company makes no claim that these tests or any other tests, accuratelyrepresent all environments. As application, environmental and design factors can vary significantly, due care should be exercised in the selection and use of the coating.Tnemec Company Incorporated 6800 Corporate Drive Kansas City, Missouri 64120-1372 1-800-TNEMEC1 Fax: 1-816-483-3969 www.tnemec.com© 7/29/2009, by Tnemec Co., Inc.PDSN140F Page 2 of 2

January 12, 2012Pump Test ProceduresFlowserve Corp. #: 047-79876Model: 23EPM-3Customer: Smith Pump CompanyCustomer Order #: PU18771Project: Ward County Water Supply Expansion ProjectQuantity Tested: 2HYDROSTATIC TESTINGThe above pumps will be hydraulically tested at 220 PSIG with a hold time of 5 minutes. Acertified hydraulic sheet will be filled out and sent with documentation.PERFORMANCE TESTINGThe pump bowl assemblies listed above will be tested for performance in accordance with theattached procedure. Curves will be drawn from the test data to show the head, consumedpower and efficiency vs. the flow.For variable speed applications, multispeed curves can be generated from test speed data byuse of affinity laws.Pumps will be tested using a calibrated shop driver.All testing is based on Hydraulic Institute test code.Performance test will be witnessed by a registered Professional Engineer.

Pump PerformanceTest ProceduresThe following are the primary parameters measured during the pump performance test.1. SUCTION HEADA pressure transducer will be connected to a piezometer ring at the suction pipe. Thisgauge will read suction pressure in inches of Mercury.Suction pressure will be referenced to the water level.2. DISCHARGE HEADA direct reading calibrated Bourdon gauge or pressure transducer will be connected to apiezometer ring at the pump discharge pipe. This gauge will read discharge head inPSIG at the centerline of the gauge.3. CAPACITYA calibrated magnetic flowmeter will be used to measure capacity.4. SPEEDA direct reading digital tachometer will be used to measure speed.5. POWER INPUT TO THE PUMPA Multilin relay (Total Measuring system supplied by GE for measuring power, voltageand current) will be used to measure the power input to the motor. The motor calibrationcurve will then be used to determine the power input into the pump.6. PUMP BRAKE HORSEPOWERA calibrated polyphase wattmeter or Multilin Relay will be used to measure electricalpower into the motor used for test. Brake horsepower will be calculated as follows:BHP = METER READING x METER FACTOR x MOTOR EFFICIENCY1000 x .7457

TEST READINGS1. SPEED: Direct reading2. SUCTION: Gage reading PSIG or IN-HG3. DISCHARGE: Gage reading PSIG or IN-HG4. CAPACITY: Magnetic Flowmeter reading5. POWER: Power meter reading6. TEMP.: Water temperature in degrees F.CALCULATIONSSPEED:SUCTION HEAD:DISCHARGE HEAD:CAPACITY:POWER:Direct reading0 at water level for performanceFor gage with readings corrected for gage calibrationPSI x 2.31 = feet of waterDirect readingReading x power factor = input to motor in wattsTOTAL HEAD:PUMP EFF:Discharge head - suction head + distance betweengages + velocity head difference between dischargeand suction at points of pressure measurement.GPM x TH3960 x BHP

SAMPLE CALCULATIONINPUT DATA TEST POINTSPEED SUCTION DISCHARGE CAPACITYPOWER/ ( ) / ( ) / ( )CAPACITY = Meter ReadingTOTAL HEADTH (feet) = Discharge + Suction Gauge Elevation Difference= ( x 2.31) + ( x 1.133) =HORSEPOWERInput Watts =Meter Reading x Meter Factor= xBHP = (KW/.7457) x Motor Efficiency =EFFICIENCY - PumpEFF =GPM x TH3960 x BHP= x3960 x

January 12, 2012Manufacturer's WarrantyContractor: Smith Pump CompanyTag: OPS-P1/P2Project: Ward County Water Supp Shop Order: S005704Service: Vertical TurbineS/N: 12XXMS005704-1/2P.O.: PU18771Rev: AThe Company warrants that the Equipment will be free of defects in material andworkmanship for a period of twenty four (24) months from the date of placing the Equipmentin operation, or thirty (30) months from the date of shipment, whichever shall first occur.The Owner shall promptly report any failure to conform to this warranty, in writing to theCompany within said period, whereupon the Company shall, at its opinion, repair theEquipment or furnish a replacement part F.O.B. point of shipment, provided the Owner hasstored, installed, maintained and operated the Equipment in accordance with goodindustry practices. The Company shall not be liable for any repairs, replacements, oradjustments to the Equipment or any costs of labor performed by the Owner or otherswithout prior written agreement. Title to and risk of loss of any Equipment being repairedshall remain with Owner at all times.The effects of corrosion, erosion, and normal wear and tear due to operation or theenvironment are specifically excluded.The Company makes no other warranty or representation whatsoever, expressed orimplied in fact or by law, except that of title, and all implied warranties or merchantabilityor fitness for a particular use or purpose, are hereby disclaimed.

Rains-Flo Sealing Systems Ideal for Vertical Turbine PumpsRains-Flo Sealing Systems are anexcellent choice in VerticalTurbines. Rains-Flo will allow youto offer a Packing System that willlast three times longer whencompared to braided packing.Rains-Flo’s design will reducestuffing box pressure, extendshaft/sleeve life and greatly reduceleakage. With Rains-Flo, leakagecan be kept to a weep or even dripfree for a period of time withoutdamaging the pump. Rains-FloSystems will force the leakage outthrough the bleed-off pipe(s),which will reduce stuffing boxpressure. This will also keep thebearing cool and lubricated,preventing excessive wear. Thesealing concepts of Rains-FloPacking Systems will keep thepump operating longer with lessmaintenance and cost. Packingarrangements may changedepending on discharge pressureand lantern ring(s) locations.Rains-Flo has answers toleaking problems.For further information and pricing callSmith Pump Company(800) 299-8909Fax (254) 776-0023CDAEBLantern ring(s) position may varyLeakage to ReservoirFLow Pressure Sealing System High Pressure Sealing SystemLeakage to ReservoirA – Packing GlandB – ShaftC – Rains-Flo PackingD – Lantern RingE – Stuffing BoxF – Bleed-off PipeF

8/18/2011 Rainsflo Sealing SystemsThe Rains-Flo Sealing Concept began with the invention by founder Robert H. Rains of a totally new andunique metallic packing - made with materials which would undergo cold flow to form a self-lubricating, bearinglike,non-abrasive seal packing.The reasons behind the widespread success and continued use of the Rains-Flo GFM® (Granulated, Flowable,Material) Packing Sealing Systems are:The least shaft/sleeve wear obtainable with any packing – a key feature for large diameter shafts inprocess equipment. The ability to inhibit shaft grooving keeps leakage rates to the lowest possible level.Shutdown time for critical production equipment in order to remetalize shafts or change sleeves isminimized.The self-lubricating and heat conductive features may permit the elimination of lantern rings andsupplemental lubrication. Asbestos and plastic fiber type packings are heat insulating and become "dry",unadaptive, and abrasive with age. Rains-Flo GFM® Packing dissipates the heat to prevent localized hotspots which result in shaft/sleeve grooving.The "flow" characteristic is really three features. The first is the response of GFM® Packing to the shapeof the stuffing box. Any irregularities such as shaft/sleeve contour or eccentricity of the sleeve to thestuffing box bore are easily compensated for. The second "flow" characteristic is due to the GFMPacking wearing rather than the shaft. As the packing wears, the gland is adjusted to maintain propertightness. Eventually, the gland will bottom-out and a new GFM Ring can be installed. This "Add-A-Ring Maintenance" feature can continue until the leakage becomes excessive or the equipment receivesother maintenance requiring packing removal. The third "flow" characteristic is the continuous release ofstored lubrication throughout the life of Rains-Flow GFM Packings.Rains-Flo GFM® Red and Black Rings are a mechanical combination which minimizes extrusion,maximizes gland force transfer to the stuffing box base, and yet adapts to changes in shaft/sleeve condition.The GFM® Red Rings contain larger, tougher particles to resist extrusion forces, while the GFM® BlackRings contain smaller and more adaptable particles in order to more quickly seat to the shaft/sleeve.Rains-Flo – The Complete Sealing SolutionCompression packings potentially provide the easiest and most economical method for sealing. Rains-Flo SealingSystems are your best choice for premium packing/sealing performance. Fulfilling the sealing requirements ofwater pumps is as equally refined for cost and reliability as for the toughest multi-stage, abrasive applications.The evaluation of total sealing costs, when comparing the Rains-Flo Sealing Systems to mechanical seals orhttp://www.rainsflo.com/ 1/2

8/18/2011 Rainsflo Sealing Systemsconventional packings, reveals that the long-term reliability of Rains-Flo Sealing Systems gives the best economicresults. Rains-Flo Collars provide the long-term resiliency. Rains-Flo GFM® Packings provide extendedlubrication to the collars, increased shaft/sleeve life and, through "Add-A-Ring Maintenance", provides thelongest packing life by reducing the need for complete packing replacements. Rains-Flo Sealing Systems offerthe complete sealing solution for all your compression packing needs.Rains-Flo Sealing Systems have been sealing pumps, process equipment, mixers, augers and valves for manyyears with great success. Rains-Flo has designed packing systems to dramatically improve the sealingperformance of your equipment. Our packing systems are called a Rains-Flo Sealing System. Once Rains-FloSealing Systems have been installed in your equipment, Rains-Flo will outperform any other type or brand ofpacking available in today's market. Rains-Flo will allow the equipment to stay operating for a longer period oftime with less maintenance, reducing operating costs. Rains-Flo Sealing Systems also will give sealingperformance comparable to a mechanical seal without the high cost and catastrophic failures.Rains-Flo Sealing Systems have been involved with many different applications and industries such as:Adhesives, Asphalt, Chemical, Gypsum, Ink, Mining, Molasses, Petroleum, Paint, Power, Pulp & Paper,Rendering, Resin, Sewage, Sludge, Slurry, Soap, Starch, Water, etc.http://www.rainsflo.com/ 2/2

8 X . 766THRU ALL7 /8-9 UNC THRU ALLON32.000B.C.D1" NPTD4.09°4444X1.625 THRU ALLON56.000B.C.1" NPT29"36 1/2"25.9971 1/2"75.5045"1 1/2"1.7524" 150#FF FLANGE8"SPLITTERPLATE30.0032.001.3759.00°ANGLE20ON29.500B.C.-REV---DATEDIMENSIONS IN INCHES UNLESS NOTEDTOLERANCESDECIMALSANGLES.X +/-.1NO DEC +/-2.XX +/-.06.X +/-1.XXX +/-.030 .XX +/-.5.XXXX +/-.0015 .XXX +/-.25FINISH ALL MACHINED SURFACES 250 RaBREAK ALL CORNERS AND SHARP EDGES .010/.030RADIUS ALL FILLETS .015/.040 RCHAMFER ALL THREADED HOLES 90/120TO A DEPTH OF ONE THREAD +/-.030SCREW THREAD STANDARDS PER FED-STD-H2BPRODUCT:---DESCRIPTIONSMITH PUMPCOMPANYDISCHARGE HEAD SUBMITTAL---BYPROJECT:ODESSA PUMPS P1,P2SECTION D-DMACHINED & TAPPED FOR24" COLUMN PIPE29.50" FLANGE OD24x 1.125"-7 UNC ON 27.25" B.C.OWNER:CNTRCTR:ENG:PROJECT:COLORADO RIVER MWDGARNEY COMPANIESFREESE AND NICHOLS, INC.166349-03P/N:5013-033QTY:2OPSDRAWING:DATE2/15/12BYT:\CAD..\5013\5013-033 SUBMITTALLSWSCALE1 : 20CKMWRREV-

24x1.250THRU27.250B .C.7.50°29.5024" PIPE.5 WALL12.0REF4.0REF2.5REF29.50A23.00IDREF2.0076.0002.0027.250B.C.7.50°1.250THRU24xA.250DETAIL BSCALE 1 : 1SECTION A-ABDETAIL CSCALE 1 : 1. 190REG HGT. 002 A- ---REV DATE---DESCRIPTIONDIMENSIONS IN INCHES UNLESS NOTEDTOLERANCESDECIMALSANGLES.X +/-.1NO DEC +/-2.XX +/-.06.X +/-1.XXX +/-.030 .XX +/-.5.XXXX +/-.0015 .XXX +/-.25FINISH ALL MACHINED SURFACES 250 RaBREAK ALL CORNERS AND SHARP EDGES .010/.030RADIUS ALL FILLETS .015/.040 RCHAMFER ALL THREADED HOLES 90/120TO A DEPTH OF ONE THREAD +/-.030SCREW THREAD STANDARDS PER FED-STD-H2BPRODUCT:SMITH PUMPCOMPANYCOLUMN 24 X 76.00"---BYPROJECT:ODESSA PUMP STATION P1, P2OWNER:CNTRCTR:COLORADO RIVER MWDGARNEY COMPANIESENG:PROJECT:FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC.166349-03P/N:5002-083QTY:6OPSDRAWING:DATE2/14/12BYT:\CAD..\50002\50002-083 SUBMITTALLSWSCALE1 : 8CKMWRREV-

11.25°16X.656 THRU ALL3/4-10 UNC THRU ALL19.375B.C.21.2512.0REF4.0REF2"A29.5017.00IDREF1.5002.0027.250B.C.7.50°1.250THRU24xA75.500.560. 002 A. 003 A BDETAIL ASCALE 1 : 1BOTTOM FLANGETO FIT FS 23EPMSECTION A-ABDETAIL CSCALE 1 : 1. 190REG HGT. 002 A- ---REV DATE---DESCRIPTIONDIMENSIONS IN INCHES UNLESS NOTEDTOLERANCESDECIMALSANGLES.X +/-.1NO DEC +/-2.XX +/-.06.X +/-1.XXX +/-.030 .XX +/-.5.XXXX +/-.0015 .XXX +/-.25FINISH ALL MACHINED SURFACES 250 RaBREAK ALL CORNERS AND SHARP EDGES .010/.030RADIUS ALL FILLETS .015/.040 RCHAMFER ALL THREADED HOLES 90/120TO A DEPTH OF ONE THREAD +/-.030SCREW THREAD STANDARDS PER FED-STD-H2BPRODUCT:SMITH PUMPCOMPANYCOLUMN 24 X 75.50"---BYPROJECT:ODESSA PUMP STATION P1, P2OWNER:CNTRCTR:COLORADO RIVER MWDGARNEY COMPANIESOPSENG:PROJECT:DRAWING:DATE1/27/12FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC.166349-03BY5002-084T:\CAD..\50002\50002-084 SUBMITTALLSWSCALE1 : 8P/N:CKMWRQTY:REV2-

SPIRALLOCK RING GROOVECOUPLING SLEEVE 416 SSAXIAL KEYWAYSPLIT RING 416SSAXIAL KEYWAYSPIRALLOCK RING GROOVEKEYED SHAFT 416SSKEYED SHAFT 416SSAASPLIT RING 416SSSECTION A-ASCALE 1 : 6KEYS 416SSXREVDATEDIMENSIONS IN INCHES UNLESS NOTEDTOLERANCESDECIMALSANGLES.X +/-.1NO DEC +/-2.XX +/-.06.X +/-1.XXX +/-.030 .XX +/-.5.XXXX +/-.0015 .XXX +/-.25FINISH ALL MACHINED SURFACES 250 RaBREAK ALL CORNERS AND SHARP EDGES .010/.030RADIUS ALL FILLETS .015/.040 RCHAMFER ALL THREADED HOLES 90/120TO A DEPTH OF ONE THREAD +/-.030SCREW THREAD STANDARDS PER FED-STD-H2BPRODUCT:PROJECT:OWNER:ENGINEER:QUANTITY:X/XX/XXCONTRACTOR:DRAWING:SMITH PUMPCOMPANYGENERIC R & KEY COUPLING ASSY.VERTICAL TURBINE PUMPCITY OF ARLINGTON, TEXAS1XXXDATEBY12/12/06JMJDESCRIPTIO NARCHER WESTERN CONTRFREESE & NICHOLS, INC.T:\...\GENERIC SnapRing Shaft AssyASCALENTSCKCRTREVXXXBY-

SIZE 3SIZE 4SIZE 5SIZE 6SIZE 72.375 MOTOR SHAFT2.438 PUMP SHAFT30,000# DOWNTHRUST30 HP/100 RPM3.125 MOTOR SHAFT3.188 PUMP SHAFT50,000# DOWNTHRUST70 HP/100 RPM3.875 MOTOR SHAFT3.938 PUMP SHAFT80,000# DOWNTHRUST125 HP/100 RPM5.000 MOTOR SHAFT4.938 PUMP SHAFT150,000# DOWNTHRUST250 HP/100 RPM6.000 MOTOR SHAFT5.938 PUMP SHAFT200,000# DOWNTHRUST400 HP/100 RPMXREVX/XX/XXDATEXXXDESCRIPTIONSMITH PUMPCOMPANYPRODUCT:SIZE COMPARISONPROJECT:3 PC MOTOR COUPLINGSOWNER:SMITH PUMPCNTRCTR:NAENG:SMITH PUMPPROJECT:NAQTY:NAP/N:525X-XXXDRAWING:T:\CAD DWG\5250\525X SIZE COMPARISONDATE7/15/09BYLSWSCALENTSCKCRTREV-

TECO-WESTINGHOUSE MOTOR COMPANYROUND ROCK, TEXAS U.S.A.CUSTOMER SMITH PUMP COMPANY DATE - JAN 30, 2012CUSTOMER ORDER NO. PU18788APPLICATION ELECTRIC UTILITY PUMPS.O. 0A63BADATA FOR WORLD SERIES, VERTICAL, BRACKET TYPE INDUCTION MOTOR1. RATINGHP 600 HERTZ 60.0 INSUL CLASS FRPM FL 1187 SERVICE FACTOR 1.15 KVA CODE EVOLTS 460 RISE C (1.00 SF) 80 DUTY CONTINUOUSAMPS FL 698 METHOD DET NUMBER OF POLES 6PHASES 3 AMBIENT C 502. MECHANICALFRAME 4008 BRG TYPE SPHERICAL / BALLENCL TYPE WPI LUBE TYPE OIL / OIL MOTOR WK2 348ROTATION(FROM NDE) CCW LOAD WK2 60273. STARTING PERFORMANCE NOMINAL100% VOLTS 80% VOLTSAMPS (LR) 3624 2759AMPS (LR) % 519 395POWER FACTOR % 20.9 19.8START TORQUE % 92 53ACCELERATION SEC 11.0 28.2SAFE LOCK SEC FROM HOT 29.6 51.0SAFE LOCK SEC FROM COLD 34.7 59.8PULLOUT TORQUE AT 100% VOLTS = 210 %4. EFFICIENCY - NOMINALLOAD % 115 100 75 50EFFICIENCY % 94.50 94.90 95.26 94.995. POWER FACTOR - NOMINALLOAD % 115 100 75 50POWER FACTOR % 84.3 84.8 83.7 78.06. MOTOR CONSTANTS, PER UNIT ON 447.6 KVA BASE:SUBTRANSIENT REACTANCE:0.157X/R : 22.37NOTE:NEITHER POWER FACTOR CORRECTION CAPACITORS NOR SURGE CAPACITORS CAN BECONNECTED TO THE MOTOR LEADS WHEN OPERATING ON VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE.

Curve 1 of 4I. Sanchez

Curve 2 of 4I. Sanchez

Curve 3 of 4I. Sanchez

Curve 4 of 4I. Sanchez

SMITH PUMP COMPANYWACO TEXASPO# PU18788TWMC Shop Order 0A63BAInstrument and Accessory ListItem Manufacturer Part number Qty Schematic CommentsStator Temperaturesensor Minco or equivalent S9785PA100T260Z120 6 7903A02 Embedded on stator windingUpper BearingTemperaturesensor Minco or equivalent S52PA143Z4 1 7903A49 Installed on bearingLower BearingTemperaturesensor Minco or equivalent S52PA206Z4 1 7903A49 Installed on bearingMotor SpaceHeater Chromalox or Minco 2C16983H05 2 8627A05Silicon rubber installed at coilends (one heater at each end)

WHEN ORDERING SPECIFY THE FOLLOWING.S9785NA100T625Z36 ← EXAMPLE OF PART NUMBERS9785NASPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NUMBER.SENSING ELEMENT:CA = COPPER;NA = NICKEL, .00672 TCR;NB = NICKEL, .00618 TCR;PA = PLATINUM, .00392 TCR;PD = PLATINUM, .00385 TCR 9.100 RTD LENGTH L IN .1" INCREMENTS (100 = 10.0").AVAILABLE IN FOUR LENGTHS:60 = 6.0" [152]; 200 = 20.0" [508];100 = 10.0" [254]; 300 = 30.0" [762].TLEAD INSULATION: T = TFE;K = POLYIMIDE.625 RTD WIDTH IN .001" INCREMENTS (625 = .625").MIN W = 219 (.219" [5,56]) FOR 3-LEADS;320 (.320" [8,13]) FOR 4-LEADS;MAX W = 956 (.956" [24,28]).ZNUMBER OF LEADS:Z = 3-LEADS;X = 4-LEADS (SEE MIN WIDTH ABOVE).36 LEAD LENGTH B IN INCHES.1. ELEMENT: COPPER, NICKEL, OR PLATINUM.2. RESISTANCE (LEADWIRE RESISTANCE IS EXCLUDED):CA COPPER: 10.00 OHMS ±.20% (10.02/9.98) AT 25°C (77°F),R/T TABLES #16-9 (°C) AND #17-9 (°F).NA NICKEL: 120.0 OHMS ±.5% (120.6/119.4) AT 0°C (32°F),R/T TABLES #7-120 (°C) AND #8-120 (°F).NB NICKEL: 100.0 OHMS ±.2% (100.2/99.8) AT 0°C (32°F),R/T CHARACTERISTICS FOLLOW NOMINAL VALUES IN DIN 43760.PA PLATINUM: 100.0 OHMS ±.5% (100.5/99.5) AT 0°C (32°F),R/T TABLES #1-100 (°C) AND #2-100 (°F).PD PLATINUM: 100.00 OHMS ±.12% (100.12/99.88) AT 0°C (32°F),R/T TABLES #5-100 (°C) AND #6-100 (°F).3. OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 155°C (311°F), CLASS F INSULATION.4. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 3200 VOLTS RMS AT 60 Hz, MOMENTARILY,LEADWIRES TO OUTER SURFACES OF RTD AND LEADS, WITH 1 mAMAXIMUM LEAKAGE CURRENT.5. LEADS: AWG #22, STRANDED. SEE MODEL NUMBER MAKEUP ABOVEFOR LEAD INSULATION OPTIONS.6 LEAD LENGTH TOLERANCE:+1/-0" [+25/-0] FOR LEAD LENGTHS OF 24" [610] OR LESS;+5/-0% FOR LEAD LENGTHS GREATER THAN 24" [610].7. BODY MATERIAL: EPOXY GLASS.8 RTD WIDTH TOLERANCE:+.000/-.020 [+0,00/-0,51] FOR RTD WIDTH OF .500 [12,70] OR LESS;+.000/-.040 [+0,00/-1,02] FOR RTD WIDTH GREATER THAN .500 [12,70].9 THE PD MODEL WILL MEET THE RESISTANCE-TEMPERATURERELATIONSHIP AND TOLERANCES SPECIFIED IN IEC 751, CLASS B.0 SPECIAL TOLERANCE ON LOCATION OF COPPER ELEMENT:1.000 +.500/-.750" [25,40 +12,70/-19,05].Print Date: 05/07/2010 16:04

WHEN ORDERING SPECIFY SENSING ELEMENT, CASE LENGTH, NUMBER OFLEADS, AND LEAD LENGTH.S52PA124Y24 ← EXAMPLE OF MODEL NUMBERS52PASPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NUMBER.SENSING ELEMENT:CA = COPPER;FA = NICKEL-IRON;NA = NICKEL;PA = 100 OHM, .00392 PLATINUM.124 CASE LENGTH A IN .1 INCREMENTS (124 = 12.4).MINIMUM A = 40 (4.0) [102];MAXIMUM A = 480 (48.0) [1219].YNUMBER OF LEADS:Y = 2 LEADS (NOT AVAILABLE WITH CAELEMENT MODELS);Z = 3 LEADS.24 LEAD LENGTH B IN INCHES.1. ELEMENT: COPPER, NICKEL-IRON, NICKEL, OR PLATINUM.2. RESISTANCE (EXCLUDING LEADWIRE RESISTANCE):COPPER: 10.00 OHMS ±.20% (10.20/9.98) AT 25°C (77°F), R/T TABLES#16-9 (°C) AND #17-9 (°F);NICKEL-IRON: 604.0 OHMS ±.5% (607.0/601.0) AT 0°C (32°F), R/TTABLES#14-604 (°C) AND #15-604 (°F);NICKEL: 120.0 OHMS ±.5% (120.6/119.4) AT 0°C (32°F), R/T TABLES#7-120 (°C) AND #8-120 (°F);PLATINUM: 100.0 OHMS ±.5% (100.5/99.5) AT 0°C (32°F), R/T TABLES#1-100 (°C) AND #2-100 (°F).3. TEMPERATURE RANGE: -50°C TO 260°C (-58°F TO 500°F), EXCEPTNICKEL-IRON ELEMENTS TO 204°C (400°F).4. INSULATION RESISTANCE: 1000 MEGOHMS MINIMUM AT 500 VOLTS DC,LEADS TO CASE.5. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: 1000 VOLTS RMS AT 60 Hz FOR 30 SECONDS,BETWEEN CASE SECTIONS, WITH 1 mA MAXIMUM LEAKAGE CURRENT.6. LEADS: AWG #22, STRANDED, TFE INSULATED.7 TOLERANCE ON LEAD LENGTH:71 [1803] AND UNDER: +2/-0 [+51/-0];72 TO 119 [1829 TO 3023]: +4/-0 [+102/-0];120 [3048] AND OVER: +6/-0 [+152/-0].8. CASE: STAINLESS STEEL, COPPER ALLOY TIP.9 CASE MAY BE CUT TO SHORTER LENGTH. USE CARE NOT TO DAMAGELEADWIRE INSULATION. LOCATE THE SLIP-FIT TFE SLEEVE IN END OFCUT-OFF CASE TO PROTECT LEADWIRE INSULATION AT POINT OFEMERGENCE. MINIMUM A FOR CUT-OFF CASE IS 40 (4.0).COMPANY CONFIDENTIALPROPRIETARY INFORMATIONOF MINCO PRODUCTS, INC.DO NOT DUPLICATEPrint Date: 05/07/2010 16:04

C:\Documents and Settings\sanchezi\My Documents\SmarTeam\Work\SMVaultTemp\2345EBF3254145F6B6CBD5C9B5A06A57\2C16983.PDF1 of 1

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSSCOPE OF SUPPLYSPREADER BAR1- 11 ton capacity steel spreader bar. Spreader Barto be coated with Tnemec Series 69 Hi-BuildEpoxoline II. (6 to 9 mils dft) Finish Color “SafetyYellow”2- 7/8” diameter x 72” long steel wire rope slingswith thimble loop at both ends4- 7/8” alloy steel hot-dipped galvanized shackles.2- S8 x 23lb Support BeamsSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

Mesh & Wire Rope SlingsWire Mesh and Chain Mesh Slings with Choker FittingsMesh slings resist cuts and abrasion, withstand temperatures up to 550° F, conform to irregularLengthshapes, and maintain balanced loads. Mesh and end fittings are alloy steel. Use in choker, vertical,and basket configurations.Wire mesh slings provide superior abrasion resistance and are zinc-plated for corrosion resistance.Serial number and work load limits are stamped on the fitting. Chain mesh slings are made of separate strands of chain woven with1/8 wire rope. They have a greater capacity for the same width as wire mesh style, plus they have bidirectional flexibility. End fittings have agreen painted finish. Slings are tagged with the serial number and work load limits.To Order : Sold in standard lengths of 3, 6, 8, 10, and 12 ft., or any length you choose up to a maximum of 20 ft. Please specify length.SlingWork LoadLimit, lbs.Base Pricefor 3-ft. Lg.ExtraLengthWidth Choker Vertical Basket Each Per Ft.Wire Mesh2 .......... 2,300 ....... 2,300 ....... 4,600 .....3404T31 ..... $151.56 $20.403 .......... 3,500 ....... 3,500 ....... 7,000 .....3404T32 ..... 169.41 22.254 .......... 4,800 ....... 4,800 ....... 9,600 .....3404T33 ..... 187.38 23.926 .......... 7,200 ....... 7,200 ....... 14,400 .....3404T34 ..... 218.80 27.64Steel Wire Rope SlingsRope slings provide better abrasion and cut resistance than web slings. Slings are tagged withwork load limits. Meet both OSHA 1910.184 and ANSI B30.9 (unless noted). Note: When wire ropeis bent to create a basket, the strength of the rope decreases. Therefore, basket values apply onlywhen the diameter of the curve divided by the rope diameter (D/d ratio where D = dia. of curve;d = rope dia.) is 25 or greater for 619 and 719 mechanical-splice slings; 10 or greater for 777cable-laid mechanical-splice slings; and 15 or greater for all hand-splice slings.Mechanical-Splice SlingsThe ends of the sling are secured with a pressed metal sleeve. All have a max. temp. of 400° F.619 IWRC are made from a single wire rope—the most popular construction. 719 IWRCbraided slings consist of three wire ropes braided together—for more flexibility than 619 IWRCslings. 777 galvanized cable laid slings are the most flexible of all mechanical-splice slings.They grip tighter and are easier to handle, but are less resistant to cuts and abrasion.To Order : Sold in the minimum length shown as well as 6, 8, 10, and 12 ft., or any length youchoose up to a maximum of 20 ft. Please specify length.Also Available : 619 IWRC (Style 1) slings in stainless steel. Please ask for 3550T999 andspecify stainless steel, rope diameter, and sling length.WireWork Load Limit, lbs. Min. Base Price for Min. Lg. Extra LengthRope Dia. Choker Vertical Basket Lg., ft. Each Per Ft.(1) 6 19 IWRC—Rope Loop Both Ends1/4 .............. 960 ..... 1,300 ........ 2,600 ......2 ......... 3550T11 .................. $9.25 $1.673/8 .............. 2,200 ..... 2,800 ........ 5,800 ......2 ......... 3550T14 .................. 13.39 1.971/2 .............. 3,800 ..... 5,000 ........10,200......3 ......... 3550T17 .................. 20.35 2.035/8 .............. 5,800 ..... 7,800 ........15,600......3 ......... 3550T21 .................. 32.99 3.263/4 .............. 8,200 ..... 11,200 ........22,000......4 ......... 3550T24 .................. 55.85 4.557/8 ..............11,200..... 15,200 ........30,000......4 ......... 3550T27 .................. 80.67 6.181 ..................14,400..... 19,600 ........40,000......5 ......... 3550T31 ..................112.70 7.67(1) 7 19 IWRC Braided—Rope Loop Both Ends1/4 .............. 740 ..... 840 ........ 1,680 ......2 ......... 3432T41............... 61.72 1.673/8 .............. 1,420 ..... 1,600 ........ 3,200 ......3 ......... 3432T42 .................. 80.06 4.191/2 .............. 2,400 ..... 2,800 ........ 5,800 ......3 ......... 3432T43 .................. 98.74 3.415/8 .............. 3,800 ..... 4,400 ........ 8,800 ......3 ......... 3432T44 ..................118.69 3.813/4 .............. 5,600 ..... 6,400 ........12,600......4 ......... 3432T45 ..................133.81 4.18(1) 7 7 7 Galvanized Cable Laid—Rope Loop Both Ends1/4 .............. 740 ..... 1,000 ........ 2,000 ......2 ......... 8942T81 .................. 19.67 2.243/8 .............. 1,600 ..... 2,200 ........ 4,400 ......2 ......... 8942T82 .................. 23.82 2.661/2 .............. 2,800 ..... 3,800 ........ 7,600 ......2 ......... 8942T83 .................. 28.74 3.155/8 .............. 4,000 ..... 5,600 ........11,200......3 ......... 8942T84 .................. 41.94 3.91(2) 6 19 IWRC—Thimble Loop Both Ends1/4 .............. ..... 1,300 ........ 2,600 ......2 ......... 3550T34 .................. 14.59 1.673/8 .............. ..... 2,800 ........ 5,800 ......2 ......... 3550T37 .................. 21.64 1.971/2 .............. ..... 5,000 ........10,200......2 ......... 3550T41 .................. 28.03 2.035/8 .............. ..... 7,800 ........15,600......2 ......... 3550T44 .................. 41.75 3.263/4 .............. ..... 11,200 ........22,000......3 ......... 3550T47 .................. 69.41 4.557/8 .............. ..... 15,200 ........30,000......3 ......... 3550T51 .................. 93.57 6.18(3) 6 19 IWRC—Rope Loop End/Sling Hook with Latch End1/4 .............. 960 ..... 1,300 ........ 2,600 ......2 ......... 3550T54 .................. 25.68 1.363/8 .............. 2,200 ..... 2,800 ........ 5,800 ......2 ......... 3550T57 .................. 36.69 1.971/2 .............. 3,800 ..... 5,000 ........10,200......3 ......... 3550T61 .................. 53.44 2.035/8 .............. 5,800 ..... 7,800 ........15,600......4 ......... 3550T64 .................. 84.14 2.03(4) 6 19 IWRC—Slip-Through Thimble Loop Both Ends with Sliding Choker Hook3/8 .............. 2,200 ..... ........ ......4 ......... 3550T71 .................. 82.35 1.971/2 .............. 3,800 ..... ........ ......4 ......... 3550T74 ..................102.13 2.03(5) 7 7 7 Galv. Cable Laid—Rope Loop End/Slip-Through Thimble End w/Sliding Choker Hook1/4 .............. 740 ..... ........ ......2 ......... 8942T91 .................. 47.79 2.243/8 .............. 1,600 ..... ........ ......2 ......... 8942T92 .................. 41.31 2.661/2 .............. 2,800 ..... ........ ......2 ......... 8942T93 .................. 51.73 3.15SlingWork LoadLimit, lbs.Base Pricefor 3-ft. Lg.ExtraLengthWidth Choker Vertical Basket Each Per Ft.Wire Mesh (Cont.)8 .......... 9,600 ..... 9,600 ......19,200.... 3404T35 ..... $250.27 $30.16Chain Mesh2 .......... 6,000 ..... 6,000 ......12,000.... 34015T4 ..... 322.16 37.244 .......... 10,000 ..... 10,000 ......20,000.... 34015T5 ..... 390.55 64.78 Diameter listed is the overall sling diameter (all three wires together). Meets ANSI B30.9. Constructed of galvanized steel strand core wire rope.Hand-Splice SlingsLoops are formed by hand and the ends are tucked back into the sling’s body for a tapered andconcealed splice. All are made from a single wire rope so they are more flexible, but less crushresistant than other constructions. Maximum temperature is 180° F.To Order : Sold in the minimum length shown as well as 6, 8, 10, and 12 ft., or any length youchoose up to a maximum of 20 ft. Please specify length.WireWork Load Limit, lbs. Min. Base Price for Min. Lg. Extra Length6Rope Dia. Choker Vertical Basket Lg., ft. Each Per Ft.(6) 6 19 Fiber—Rope Loop Both Ends1/4 ............... 840 ....... 1,080 ......... 2,200 ........ 3 ......... 3550T81 ..................$20.22 $0.963/8 ............... 1,700 ....... 2,400 ......... 4,800 ........ 3 ......... 3550T84 .................. 23.48 1.28Warning! Never exceed work load limits. Never use to lift people or items over people.12345LengthLength1473

EFBA1412ShacklesDouble-Clevis Connectors—For LiftingDia.Dia.BBCCDWithFlushPinAWithScrew PinCAWithSafety PinFEBACDWithSafetyPinHigh-Strength Anchor Shackles—For LiftingDia.Dia.BCAWith CaptiveSelf-LockingScrew PinBCACreate strong lifting, towing, and tie-down systems with these connectors. Made of forgedhigh-strength (Grade 80) alloy steel. Body has a red powder-coated finish.Connectors with flush pins prevent snagging. Connectors with safety pins are ideal forapplications that require frequent pin removal. The safety pin consists of a round pin securedwith a nut and a cotter pin (also known as a bolt, nut, and cotter pin).For ChainWorkLoadWithFlush PinWithSafety PinTrade Size (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) Limit, lbs.EachEach3/8................. 13 /16... 1 /2...... 1 /2... 1 3 /8 ... 1 /2..... 5/8 .... 7,100 ....... 3532T11 .. $72.16 3532T26 ...$83.381/2.................1 1 /16 .... 5 /8...... 5 /8... 1 7 /8 ... 5 /8..... 3/4 .... 12,000 ....... 3532T12 .. 96.80 3532T27 ...108.245/8.................1 5 /16 .... 11 /16 .. 3 /4... 2 ........ 3 /4..... 1 ......... 18,100 ....... 3532T13 .. 138.60 3532T28 ...138.30Choose these when you need a strong shackle with a wide body for easier connections. Also known as bow shackles.All are forged. Note: Work load limits are based on loads applied in line with a straight length of chain or wire rope.Shackles with screw pin are ideal for lifting applications where shackles are frequently removed. The pin screws intoposition without the use of tools. Do not use if there will be movement or vibration of the pin.Shackles with safety pin are the most secure choice for lifting. The safety pin consists of a round pin secured with anut and a cotter pin (also known as a bolt, nut, and cotter pin).Shackles with captive self-locking screw pin have indentations that lock the pin in place as it is tightened. They alsohave a slight lip on the end of the screw pin that prevents separation from the shackle and eliminates lost pins.Hot-dipped galvanized alloy steel shackles are stronger than hot-dipped galvanized carbon steel shackles and offergood corrosion resistance. Meet Fed. Spec. RR-C-271D and ASTM A153. Hot-dipped galvanized carbon steel shackleshave alloy steel pins and offer good corrosion resistance. Meet Fed. Spec. RR-C-271D and ASTM A153. Type 316 andType 316L stainless steel shackles provide maximum corrosion resistance.Also Available : Black-oxide steel shackles. Please ask for 8494T888 and specify screw pin or safety pin and diameter.With Screw PinWith Safety PinDia. (A) (B) (C)Work LoadLimit, lbs. EachWork LoadLimit, lbs.EachHot-Dipped Galvanized Alloy Steel3/8 ........ 5/8 .............. 7/16 ............1 7 /16 ......... 4,000 ................ 3663T51 ...... $7.34 ............. ......1/2 ........ 13 /16........... 5/8 ..............1 7 /8 ........... 6,600 ................ 3663T42 ...... 11.08 6,600 ............. 8966T51 ...... $27.195/8 ........ 1 1 /16 ............ 3/4 ..............2 3 /8 ........... 10,000 ................ 3663T43 ...... 15.42 10,000 ............. 8966T52 ...... 36.123/4 ........ 1 1 /4 .............. 7/8 ..............2 13 /16........ 14,000 ................ 3663T44 ...... 22.12 14,000 ............. 8966T53 ...... 55.227/8 ........ 1 7 /16 ............ 1 ..................3 5 /16 ......... 19,000 ................ 3663T45 ...... 29.33 19,000 ............. 8966T54 ...... 60.621 ............ 1 11 /16........... 1 1 /8 ..............3 3 /4 ........... 25,000 ................ 3663T46 ...... 40.44 25,000 ............. 8966T55 ...... 82.201 1 /4 ........ 2 .................. 1 3 /8 ..............4 11 /16........ 36,000 ................ 3663T47 ...... 71.06 36,000 ............. 8966T76 ...... 114.591 1 /2 ........ 2 3 /8 .............. 1 5 /8 ..............5 3 /4 ........... 50,000 ................ 3663T48 ...... 153.47 60,000 ............. 8966T57 ...... 214.341 3 /4 ........ 2 7 /8 .............. 2 ..................7 ............... 68,000 ................ 3663T52 ...... 261.01 80,000 ............. 8966T12 ...... 370.742 ............ 3 1 /4 .............. 2 1 /4 ..............7 3 /4 ........... 86,000 ................ 3663T49 ...... 352.90 100,000 ............. 8966T14 ...... 507.14Hot-Dipped Galvanized Carbon Steel3/16 ...... 3/8 .............. 1/4 .............. 7/8 ........... 666 ................ 3558T44 ...... 4.81 734 ............. 3555T45 ...... 7.441/4 ........ 7/16 ............ 5/16 ............1 1 /8 ........... 1,102 ................ 3558T45 ...... 4.61 1,102 ............. 3555T46 ...... 7.455/16 ...... 1/2 .............. 3/8 ..............1 1 /4 ........... 1,500 ................ 3558T46 ...... 6.37 1,653 ............. 3555T47 ...... 10.273/8 ........ 5/8 .............. 7/16 ............1 7 /16 ......... 2,204 ................ 3558T47 ...... 6.09 2,204 ............. 3555T48 ...... 10.577/16 ...... 3/4 .............. 1/2 ..............1 11 /16........ 3,306 ................ 3558T48 ...... 6.71 3,306 ............. 3555T49 ...... 11.911/2 ........ 13 /16........... 5/8 ..............1 7 /8 ........... 4,409 ................ 3558T49 ...... 8.40 4,409 ............. 3555T51 ...... 16.965/8 ........ 1 1 /16 ............ 3/4 ..............2 3 /8 ........... 7,165 ................ 3558T51 ...... 14.71 7,165 ............. 3555T52 ...... 23.273/4 ........ 1 1 /4 .............. 7/8 ..............2 13 /16........ 10,471 ................ 3558T52 ...... 22.88 10,471 ............. 3555T53 ...... 33.447/8 ........ 1 7 /16 ............ 1 ..................3 5 /16 ......... 14,330 ................ 3558T53 ...... 31.31 14,330 ............. 3555T54 ...... 44.631 ............ 1 11 /16........... 1 1 /8 ..............3 3 /4 ........... 18,739 ................ 3558T54 ...... 38.82 18,739 ............. 3555T55 ...... 60.601 1 /8 ........ 1 13 /16........... 1 1 /4 ..............4 1 /4 ........... 20,943 ................ 3558T55 ...... 58.62 20,943 ............. 3555T56 ...... 81.081 1 /4 ........ 2 .................. 1 3 /8 ..............4 11 /16........ 26,455 ................ 3558T56 ...... 84.47 24,000 ............. 3555T57 ...... 113.361 3 /8 ........ 2 1 /4 .............. 1 1 /2 ..............5 1 /4 ........... 29,762 ................ 3558T57 ...... 94.27 27,000 ............. 3555T78 ...... 129.491 1 /2 ........ 2 3 /8 .............. 1 5 /8 ..............5 3 /4 ........... 34,000 ................ 3558T58 ...... 152.50 34,000 ............. 3555T59 ...... 171.911 3 /4 ........ 2 7 /8 .............. 2 ..................7 ............... 50,000 ................ 3558T59 ...... 249.98 50,000 ............. 3555T61 ...... 266.322 ............ 3 1 /4 .............. 2 1 /4 ..............7 3 /4 ........... 70,000 ................ 3558T61 ...... 305.67 70,000 ............. 3555T62 ...... 301.95Type 316 Stainless Steel1/4 ........ 1/2 .............. 5/16 ............1 1 /8 ........... 1,000 ................ 3583T34 ...... 6.27 1,000 ............. 3860T51 ...... 18.575/16 ...... 1/2 .............. 3/8 ..............1 3 /16 ......... 1,300 ................ 3583T81 ...... 10.74 1,300 ............. 3860T71 ...... 19.933/8 ........ 11 /16........... 7/16 ............1 3 /8 ........... 1,500 ................ 3583T82 ...... 17.07 1,500 ............. 3860T72 ...... 25.737/16 ...... 3/4 .............. 1/2 ..............1 3 /4 ........... 2,000 ................ 3583T83 ...... 18.11 2,000 ............. 3860T73 ...... 31.601/2 ........ 13 /16........... 5/8 ..............1 13 /16........ 3,000 ................ 3583T84 ...... 28.29 3,000 ............. 3860T74 ...... 44.155/8 ........ 1 .................. 3/4 ..............2 3 /8 ........... 4,000 ................ 3583T85 ...... 52.96 4,000 ............. 3860T75 ...... 68.783/4 ........ 1 1 /4 .............. 7/8 ..............2 13 /16........ 6,000 ................ 3583T86 ...... 77.18 6,000 ............. 3860T76 ...... 113.207/8 ........ 1 1 /2 .............. 1 ..................3 5 /16 ......... 8,000 ................ 3583T87 ...... 80.43 8,000 ............. 3860T77 ...... 141.791 ............ 1 11 /16........... 1 1 /8 ..............3 13 /16........ 10,000 ................ 3583T88 ...... 115.64 10,000 ............. 3860T78 ...... 191.60With CaptiveWork LoadSelf-Locking Screw PinDia. (A) (B) (C)Limit, lbs.EachType 316L Stainless Steel5/32 ................... 5 /16 ................. 3 /16 ................... 11 /16................... 550 ................................3797T41 ............................. $12.053/16 ................... 3 /8 ................... 1 /4 ..................... 7/8 ...................... 827 ................................3797T42 ............................. 14.141/4 ..................... 7 /16 ................. 1 /4 ..................... 1 1 /16 .................... 1,157 ................................3797T43 ............................. 18.675/16 ................... 5 /8 ................... 5 /16 ................... 1 7 /16 .................... 2,040 ................................3797T44 ............................. 27.6213 /32.................. 3 /4 ................... 7 /16 ................... 1 3 /16 .................... 2,866 ................................3797T45 ............................. 42.71Heavy Duty Shackles—For LiftingAmong the strongest shackles we offer, theseare easy to assemble and disassemble with ahammer. The flush pin prevents snags and accidentaldisengagement. Made of forged alloysteel. The body has a red powder-coated finish.WorkFor ChainTrade Size Dia. (A) (B) (C)LoadLimit, lbs.Each9/32 ............... 5 /16...... 11 /16... 3 /8........ 1 5 /16 .... 3,500 ....... 3812T21 .. $18.253/8................. 7 /16...... 7/8 ...... 9 /16...... 1 13 /16... 7,100 ....... 3812T22 .. 20.981/2................. 9 /16...... 1 1 /16 .... 3 /4........ 2 9 /16 .... 12,000 ....... 3812T23 .. 32.885/8................. 11 /16 .... 1 5 /16 .... 15 /16 .... 3 ........... 18,000 ....... 3812T24 .. 41.65Warning! Never exceed work load limits.

HI-BUILD EPOXOLINE IIPRODUCT DATA SHEETSERIES L69PRODUCT PROFILEGENERIC DESCRIPTIONCOMMON USAGECOLORSFINISHSPECIAL QUALIFICATIONSPERFORMANCE CRITERIAPolyamidoamine EpoxyA versatile low VOC epoxy for protection and finishing of steel and concrete. It has excellent resistance to abrasion and issuitable for immersion as well as chemical contact exposure. Contact your local Tnemec representative for a list ofchemicals. This product can also be used for lining storage tanks that contain demineralized, deionized or distilled water.Can also be used as a block filler on cementitious or masonry substrates.Refer to Tnemec Color Guide. Note: Epoxies chalk with extended exposure to sunlight. Lack of ventilation, incompletemixing, miscatalyzation or the use of heaters that emit carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide during application and initialstages of curing may cause yellowing to occur.SatinA two-coat system at 4.0-6.0 dry mills (100-150 dry microns) per coat passes the performance requirements of MIL-PRF-4556F for fuel storage.Extensive test data available. Contact your Tnemec representative for specific test results.COATING SYSTEMSURFACE PREPARATIONPRIMERS Steel: Self-priming or Series 1, 27, 37H, 66, 90, 91-H 2 O, 94-H 2 O, 135, 161, 394, 530Galvanized Steel and Non-Ferrous Metal: Self-priming or Series 66, 161Concrete: Self-priming or Series 130, 218CMU: Self-priming or 54-562, 130, 216, 218TOPCOATS 46H-413, 66, L69, L69F, N69, N69F, 73, 84, 104, 113, 114, 156, 161, 165, 180, 287, 446, 1028, 1029, 1070, 1071, 1072, 1074,1074U, 1075, 1075U, 1077, 1078, 1080, 1081. Refer to COLORS on applicable topcoat data sheets for additionalinformation. Note: The following recoat times apply for Series L69: Immersion Service—Surface must be scarified after 60days. Atmospheric Service—After 60 days, scarification or an epoxy tie-coat is required. Contact your Tnemecrepresentative for specific recommendations.PRIMED STEELSTEELGALVANIZED STEEL & NON-FERROUS METALCAST/DUCTILE IRONCONCRETECMUPAINTED SURFACESALL SURFACESImmersion Service: Scarify the Series 66, L69 or 161 prime coat surface by blasting with fine abrasive before topcoating ifit has been exterior exposed for 60 days or longer and L69 is the specified topcoat.Immersion Service: SSPC-SP10 Near-White Blast CleaningNon-Immersion Service: SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast CleaningSurface preparation recommendations will vary depending on substrate and exposure conditions. Contact your Tnemecrepresentative or Tnemec Technical Services.Contact your Tnemec representative or Tnemec Technical Services.Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. For optimum results and/or immersion service, abrasive blast referencing SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 Surface Preparation of Concrete and Tnemec’s Surface Preparation and Application Guide.Allow mortar to cure for 28 days. Level protrusions and mortar spatter.Non-Immersion Service: Ask your Tnemec representative for specific recommendations.Must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease, chalk and other contaminants.TECHNICAL DATAVOLUME SOLIDS 65.0 ± 2.0% (mixed) †RECOMMENDED DFT 2.0 to 10.0 mils (50 to 255 microns) per coat. Note: MIL-PRF-4556F applications require two coats at 4.0-6.0 mils (100-150microns) per coat. Otherwise, the number of coats and thickness requirements will vary with substrate, applicationmethod and exposure. Contact your Tnemec representative.CURING TIME AT 5 MILS DFTTemperature To Handle To Recoat ImmersionWithout 44-700Accelerator75°F (24°C) 6 hours 9 hours 7 daysWith 44-700Accelerator75°F (24°C) 4 hours 5 hours 7 daysCuring time varies with surface temperature, air movement, humidity and film thickness.VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS Unthinned: 0.82 lbs/gallon (98 grams/litre)Thinned 5%: 0.82 lbs/gallon (98 grams/litre)TBAC (non-exempt): 1.09 lbs/gallon (130 grams/litre) †HAPS Unthinned: 0 lbs/gal solidsThinned 5%: 0 lbs/gal solidsTHEORETICAL COVERAGE 1,043 mil sq ft/gal (25.6 m²/L at 25 microns). See APPLICATION for coverage rates. †NUMBER OF COMPONENTS Two: Part A (amine) and Part B (epoxy) — One (Part A) to one (Part B) by volumePACKAGING 5 gallon (18.9L) pails and 1 gallon (3.79L) cans — Order in multiples of 2.NET WEIGHT PER GALLON 13.60 ± 0.25 lbs (6.17 ± .11 kg) (mixed) †STORAGE TEMPERATURE Minimum 20°F (-7°C) Maximum 110°F (43°C)TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE (Dry) Continuous 250°F (121°C) Intermittent 275°F (135°C)© 1/21/2008, by Tnemec Co., Inc.Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.comshould be referenced for the most current technical data and instructions or you may contact your Tnemec representativefor current technical data and instructions.Page 1 of 2

APPLICATIONSHELF LIFE12 months at recommended storage temperature.FLASH POINT - SETA Part A: 98°F (37°C) Part B: 95°F (35°C)HEALTH & SAFETYPRODUCT DATA SHEETHI-BUILD EPOXOLINE II | SERIES L69Paint products contain chemical ingredients which are considered hazardous. Read container label warning and MaterialSafety Data Sheet for important health and safety information prior to the use of this product.Keep out of the reach of children.COVERAGE RATESDry Mils (Microns) Wet Mils (Microns) Sq Ft/Gal (m²/Gal)Suggested (1) 6.0 (150) 9.0 (230) 174 (16.1)Minimum 2.0 (50) 3.0 (75) 521 (48.4)Maximum 10.0 (255) 15.5 (395) 104 (9.7)Dense Concrete & Masonry: From 100 to 150 sq ft (9.3 to 13.9 m²) per gallon.CMU: From 75 to 100 sq ft (7.0 to 9.3 m²) per gallon.(1) Note for Steel: Roller or brush application requires two or more coats to obtain recommended film thickness. Also,Series L69 can be spray applied to an optional high-build film thickness range of 8.0 to 10.0 dry mils (205 to 255 drymicrons) or 12.5 to 15.5 wet mils (320 to 395 wet microns). Allow for overspray and surface irregularities. Film thicknessis rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating below minimum or above maximum recommendeddry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance.MIXING l. Start with equal amounts of both Parts A & B.2. Using a power mixer, separately stir Parts A & B.3. (For accelerated version. If not using 44-700, skip to No. 4.)Add four (4) fluid ounces of 44-700 per gallon of Part A while Part A is under agitation.4. Add Part A to Part B under agitation, stir until thoroughly mixed.5. Both components must be above 50°F (10°C) prior to mixing. For application of the unaccelerated version to surfacesbetween 50°F to 60°F (10°C to 16°C) or the accelerated version to surfaces between 35°F to 50°F (2°C to 10°C), allowmixed material to stand 30 minutes and restir before using.6. For optimum application properties, the material temperature should be above 60°F (16°C).Note: The use of more than the recommended amount of 44-700 will adversely affect performance.THINNING Use No. 49 Thinner. For air spray, thin up to 5% or 1/4 pint (190 mL) per gallon. For airless spray, roller or brush, thin upto 5% or 1/4 pint (190 mL) per gallon.POT LIFE Without 44-700: 4 hours at 77°F (25°C)With 44-700: 3 hours at 77°F (25°C)APPLICATION EQUIPMENT Air Spray •Gun Fluid Tip Air Cap Air Hose ID Mat’l Hose IDAtomizingPressurePot PressureDeVilbiss JGA E 7045/16” or 3/8”(7.9 or 9.5 mm)Low temperatures or longer hoses require higher pot pressure.3/8” or 1/2”(9.5 or 12.7mm)70-90 psi(4.8-6.2 bar)10-20 psi(0.7-1.4 bar)Airless Spray •Tip Orifice Atomizing Pressure Mat’l Hose ID Manifold Filter0.015”-0.019”(380-485 microns)3500-5100 psi(241-351 bar)1/4” or 3/8”(6.4 or 9.5 mm)60 mesh(250 microns)Use appropriate tip/atomizing pressure for equipment, applicator technique and weather conditions.• Spray application of first coat on CMU should be followed by backrolling.Note: Application over inorganic zinc-rich primers: Apply a wet mist coat and allow tiny bubbles to form. When bubblesdisappear in 1 to 2 minutes, apply a full wet coat at specified mil thickness.Roller: Use 3/8” (9.5 mm) synthetic woven nap roller covers. Use longer nap to obtain penetration on rough or poroussurfaces.Brush: Recommended for small areas only. Use high quality natural or synthetic bristle brushes.SURFACE TEMPERATURE Minimum 50°F (10°C) Maximum 135°F (57°C)The surface should be dry and at least 5°F (3°C) above the dew point. Coating will not cure below minimum surfacetemperature.CLEANUP Flush and clean all equipment immediately after use with the recommended thinner or MEK.† Values may vary with color.WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF SELLER'S LIABILITY: Tnemec Company, Inc. warrants only that its coatings represented herein meet the formulation standards of Tnemec Company, Inc.THE WARRANTY DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE PARAGRAPH SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIEDWARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES THAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. Thebuyer's sole and exclusive remedy against Tnemec Company, Inc. shall be for replacement of the product in the event a defective condition of the product should be found to exist and theexclusive remedy shall not have failed its essential purpose as long as Tnemec is willing to provide comparable replacement product to the buyer. NO OTHER REMEDY (INCLUDING, BUT NOTLIMITED TO, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY, ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTALOR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS) SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE BUYER. Technical and application information herein is provided for the purpose of establishing a general profile of the coating andproper coating application procedures. Test performance results were obtained in a controlled environment and Tnemec Company makes no claim that these tests or any other tests, accuratelyrepresent all environments. As application, environmental and design factors can vary significantly, due care should be exercised in the selection and use of the coating.Tnemec Company Incorporated 6800 Corporate Drive Kansas City, Missouri 64120-1372 1-800-TNEMEC1 Fax: 1-816-483-3969 www.tnemec.com© 1/21/2008, by Tnemec Co., Inc.PDSL69 Page 2 of 2

NOTES:1.2.3.4.5.MATERIAL IS A-36 STEELBREAK ALL SHARP CORNERS, REMOVE ALL BURRS.REMOVE ALL OIL, COOLANT & CONTAMINANTS.BLAST TO SSPC-10, NEAR WHITE.COAT WITH TNEMEC SERIES 69 (6-9 MILS DFT)COLOR SAFETY YELLOWC LC LW10x301/2"1 3/4"6"1/2"9.2°34"1/24"R2"1 5/8"3/83/8TYP.1/2"10 1/2"5 13/16"1 1/4"1/21/22 3/4"10X1 1/4"18"72"4" TYP.LABEL CAPACITYON SIDE OF BEAM- ---REV DATE---DESCRIPTIONDIMENSIONS IN INCHES UNLESS NOTEDTOLERANCESDECIMALSANGLES.X +/-.1NO DEC +/-2.XX +/-.06.X +/-1.XXX +/-.030 .XX +/-.5.XXXX +/-.0015 .XXX +/-.25FINISH ALL MACHINED SURFACES 250 RaBREAK ALL CORNERS AND SHARP EDGES .010/.030RADIUS ALL FILLETS .015/.040 RCHAMFER ALL THREADED HOLES 90/120TO A DEPTH OF ONE THREAD +/-.030SCREW THREAD STANDARDS PER FED-STD-H2BSMITH PUMPCOMPANY---BYPRODUCT:SPREADER BAR - 22K CAPPROJECT:TRANSMISSION & ODESSA PUMPSOWNER:COLORADO RIVER MWDCNTRCTR:GARNEY COMPANIESENG:FREESE AND NICHOLS, INC.TPS & OPSPROJECT:DRAWING:DATE2/1/12166349 P/N: 5090-010 QTY: 2BYT:\CAD..\5090\5090-010 SPREADERLSWSCALE1 : 12CKMWRREV-

SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSSCOPE OF SUPPLYIMPELLER JACKING UNIT1- Enerpac cylinder pumping unit1- Steel jacking plateSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC,M. RamburgerWard County Water Supply Extension Project REVISION: ORIGINAL 16 February 2012

RSM/RCS-Series, Low Height CylindersHydraulic Technology Worldwide Shown from left to right: RSM-1000, RSM-300, RSM-50, RCS-1002, RCS-302Maximum Power-to-Height RatioSaddlesAll RCS-Series cylindershave plunger mounting holesfor installation of tilt saddles.See table for selection anddimensional information.Page:25Lifting the first fewmillimetersThe LW-16 Lifting Wedgeand SOH-Series MachineLifts are the perfect choicefor lifting the first few millimeters.Page:174RSM-series, Flat-Jac ® Cylinders• Compact, flat design for use where most other cylinderswill not fit• Single-acting, spring return• RSM-750, 1000 and 1500 have handles for easy carrying• Mounting holes permit easy fixturing• Baked enamel finish for increased corrosion resistance• CR-400 coupler and dust cap included on all models,except RSM-50 which is fitted with an AR-400 coupler.• Hard chrome plated high quality steel plungers• Grooved plunger ends require no saddleRCS-series, Low Height Cylinders• Lightweight, low profile design for use in confined spaces• Single-acting, spring return• Baked enamel finish for increased corrosion resistance• Plunger wiper reduces contamination, extendingcylinder life• CR-400 coupler and dust cap included on all models• Grooved plunger end with threaded holes for mounting tiltsaddles• Integral handle on RCS-1002 for easy carrying• Plated steel plungers24 Only a couple of centimeters will do for anRSM-cylinder to lift a large construction. TheV-82 needle valve is used to control cylinderspeed during lifting and lowering.Cyl.Capacityton (kN)5 (45)10 (101)20 (201)30 (295)45 (435)75 (718)90 (887)150 (1386)10 (101)20 (201)30 (295)45 (435)90 (887)Stroke(mm)6121113161616163845626057ModelNumberRSM-50RSM-100RSM-200RSM-300RSM-500RSM-750RSM-1000RSM-1500RCS-101*RCS-201*RCS-302*RCS-502*RCS-1002*Cyl.Effect.Area(cm 2 )6,514,528,742,162,1102,6126,7198,114,528,742,162,1126,7* Available as set, see note on next page.OilCap.(cm 3 )41832559916420331755129261373722

Single-Acting, Low Height CylindersPump and Cylinder SetsAll cylinders markedwith an*are availableas sets (cylinder, gauge,couplers, hose and pump) for yourordering convenience.Page:64RSMRCSSeriesOptional Bolt On Tilt Saddle Dimensions (mm)For Cylinder Model: ModelNumberRCS-101RCS-201, -302, -502RCS-1002CAT-11CAT-51CAT-101A B C*C 0-5B* ‘C’ dimension equals saddle protrusion from plunger. Mounting screws are included.355071111517212935ACapacity:5-150 tonStroke:6-62 mmMaximum Operating Pressure:700 barUVMLPOU1DRSM Cylinder Mounting Hole Dimensions (mm)3/8"-18 NPTF*HFEDRCS-Series* 5° angle position of coupler on RCS-101, 201,302KABH3/8"-18 NPTFRSM-SeriesFEKA BModelNumberRSM-50RSM-100RSM-200RSM-300RSM-500RSM-750RSM-1000RSM-1500BoltCircleU128,536,649,352,366,576,276,2117,3HoleDia.V5,57,110,010,011,013,513,513,5CounterBoreDia.9,110,715,115,919,020,620,620,6CounterBoreDepth4,37,99,911,212,714,214,214,2CollapsedHeightA(mm)ExtendedHeightB(mm)OutsideDiameterD(mm)CylinderBoreDia.E(mm)PlungerDia.F(mm)Base toAdvancePortH(mm)PlungerProtrusionfrom BaseK(mm)PlungertoBaseL(mm)Plungerto Mtg.HoleM(mm)ThreadO(mm)ThreadDepthP(mm)BoltCircleU(mm)(kg)ModelNumber32435158667985100889811712214138546271829510111612614317918219858 x 4182 x 55101 x 76117 x 95140 x 114165 x 139178 x 153215 x 190699210112416528,742,960,573,288,9114,3127,0158,842,960,573,288,9127,025,438,150,863,469,882,692,2114,338,150,866,569,892,21619191919191923171719233111122222533212027394757697695–––––2234394453667482–––––––––––––M4M5M5M5M8––––––––888810––––––––26393939551,01,43,14,56,811,314,526,34,15,06,810,922,7RSM-50RSM-100RSM-200RSM-300RSM-500RSM-750RSM-1000RSM-1500RCS-101*RCS-201*RCS-302*RCS-502*RCS-1002*www.enerpac.com25

Single-Acting, Cylinder Pump SetsHydraulic Technology Worldwide Shown cylinder-pump set: SCR-1010HThe Quickest andEasiest Way to StartWorking Right Away• Optimum match of individualcomponents• Sets include 6 ft. safetyhose, calibrated gauge withgauge adaptor• All hand pumps are two-speedSpeed ChartSee the Enerpac Cylinder SpeedChart in our “Yellow Pages”section.Page: 113 1 22Cylinder Selection(See Cylinder Section of this catalog for full product descriptions)Single-acting, General Purpose Cylinders:For maximum versatility.RC-SeriesSingle-acting, Low Height Cylinders:Ideal where space is restricted.RCS-SeriesSingle-acting, Hollow Cylinders:For pushing and pulling applications.RCH-SeriesPull Cylinders:The ultimate in pulling power.BRP-SeriesPage:Page:Page:Page:62624Nominal SetCapacity(ton)5101525501020305010012203060100103060–CylinderModel No.RC-55RC-102RC-106RC-1010RC-154RC-156RC-252RC-254RC-256RC-2514RC-506RCS-101RCS-201RCS-302RCS-502RCS-1002RCH-121RCH-202RCH-302RCH-603RCH-1003BRP-106CBRP-106LBRP-306BRP-606–Stroke(in)5.002.136.1310.134.006.002.004.006.2514.256.251.501.752.442.382.251.632.002.503.003.005.955.956.105.98–CollapsedHeight(in)8.504.789.7513.757.8810.696.508.5010.7518.7511.133.473.884.634.815.564.756.317.039.7510.0023.1121.3342.7228.34–58

Single-Acting, Cylinder Pump SetsSET SELECTION:Select the cylinderSELECTION EXAMPLESelected cylinder:• RC-106, Single-acting cylinder with6.13" strokeSelected pump:• P-392, Lightweight hand pumpSet model number:• SCR-106HSCSeriesCapacity:5-100 tons 1 2 3Select the pumpFind the set modelnumber in the bluefield of the matrixIncluded:• HC-7206 hose•GF-10P gauge• GA-2 adaptorStroke:1.50-14.25 inchesMaximum Operating Pressure:10,000 psi 2 Pump selection (See Pump Section of this catalog for full product descriptions)Hand PumpHand Pump Hand Pump Foot Pump Turbo II Air PumpP-142P-392P-80P-392FPPATG-1102NHoseModelNo.Accessories IncludedGaugeModelNo.GaugeAdaptorModel No.SCR-55H–––––––––––––––SCH-121H––––––––––SCR-102HSCR-106HSCR-1010HSCR-154HSCR-156HSCR-252HSCR-254HSCR-256H––SCL-101HSCL-201HSCL-302HSCL-502H––SCH-202HSCH-302H––SCP-106CHSCP-106LH––––––––––––SCR-2514HSCR-506H––––SCL-1002H–––SCH-603HSCH-1003H––SCP-306HSCP-606H––SCR-102FPSCR-106FPSCR-1010FPSCR-154FPSCR-156FPSCR-252FPSCR-254FPSCR-256FP––SCL-101FPSCL-201FPSCL-302FPSCL-502FP––SCH-202FPSCH-302FP––SCP-106CFPSCP-106LFP––––SCR-102ASCR-106ASCR-1010ASCR-154ASCR-156ASCR-252ASCR-254ASCR-256ASCR-2514ASCR-506ASCL-101ASCL-201ASCL-302ASCL-502A––SCH-202ASCH-302ASCH-603A––––––HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HB-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206HC-7206–GP-10SGF-10PGF-10PGF-10PGP-10SGP-10SGF-20PGF-20PGF-20PGF-20PGF-50PGF-10PGF-230PGF-230PGF-510PGF-510PGF-120PGF-813PGF-813PGF-813PGP-10SGP-10SGP-10SGP-10SGP-10S–GA-4GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-4GA-3GA-3GA-3GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2GA-2–www.enerpac.com59

Pump BarrelsApproved Submittal

Marcus GraceFrom:Sent:To:Subject:Attachments:Marcus GraceWednesday, December 07, 2011 8:27 AMChris Browder; Christopher BurressFW: Pump Can Review44 42 56 02 Suction Barrel Submittal (2) (ES 11-30-2011).pdfChris’s,Please find Pump Barrel Submittal comments attached. Please revise submittal per CMAR and Engineer comments.Please begin fabrication of Pump Barrels making sure all CMAR and Engineer submittal comments are taken into accountduring fabrication.Marcus GraceGARNEY CONSTRUCTION Advancing WaterPH: 816.536.6485 FAX: 816.278.5931ADDRESS: 6050 IH 35 South, San Marcos, TX 78666 GARNEY.COMFrom: Nick Lester [mailto:ncl@freese.com]Sent: Wednesday, December 07, 2011 5:39 AMTo: Marcus Grace; Mike GardnerCc: James Johnson; Bryan JannSubject: Pump Can ReviewMarcus,Attached is the pump can review comments. Please contact me if you have any questions. Please post the submittal onFN Manager Pro and I will post the comments for accounting purposes.Thanks,NickNicholas Lester, P.E.AssociateFreese and Nichols, Inc.4055 International PlazaSuite 200Fort Worth, Texas 76109Phone: (817) 735‐7393Fax: (817) 735‐7420Mobile: (817) 680‐9993Email: NCL@freese.comPlease consider the environment before printing this message.This electronic mail message is intended exclusively for the individual or entity to which it is addressed. This message, together with any attachment, may containthe sender's organization's confidential and privileged information. The recipient is hereby notified to treat the information as confidential and privileged and to notdisclose or use the information except as authorized by sender's organization. Any unauthorized review, printing, retention, copying, disclosure, distribution,retransmission, dissemination or other use of, or taking of any action in reliance upon, this information by persons or entities other than the intended recipient is1

Garney Construction, Inc.785 E WarrenGardner, KS 66030Phone: 816-278-5950Fax: 816-278-5931TRANSMITTALNo. 00012PROJECT:TO:Ward County Pump Station ProjectSmith Pump Company, Inc.301 M&B IndustrialWaco, TX 76710DATE: 12/7/2011JOB: 4383REF: Returned SubmittalsATTN:WE ARE SENDING:SUBMITTED FOR:ACTION TAKEN:Shop Drawings Approval Approved as SubmittedLetter Your Use Approved as NotedPrints As Requested Returned After LoanChange Order Review and Comment ResubmitPlansSamplesSpecificationsChris BrowderOther: Returned SubmittalITEM NO. COPIESSENT VIA:AttachedSeparate Cover Via:MailDATE ITEM NUMBER REV. NO. DESCRIPTIONSubmitReturnedReturned for CorrectionsDue Date:STATUS1 12/7/2011 SUT 44 42 56.-001 001 Dwg: Title: Verticle Turbine Pumping Unit AANCans Desc: 44 42 56-001, Pump CansRemarks:Please Fabricate Pump Barrels per Returnded Submittal Comments.CC: Share PointSigned:Eric ShafferExpedition ®

Project No:Project:Client:Contractor:CMD11269AWard County Transmission System - PumpsColorado River Municipal Water DistrictGarneyShop Drawing #001Vertical Turbine Pumping Unit CansSUBMITTAL INFORMATIONSUBMITTALTYPE:SUBMITTAL #: CONTRACTOR REF #: SPEC SECTION: PLAN SHEET: SUBMITTAL STATUS:Shop Drawing 001Approved As Noted, FinalDistributionSUBMITTALDESCRIPTION:Vertical Turbine Pumping Unit CansUPLOAD SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS44 42 56 02 Suction Barrel Submittal (2)( ES 11-30-2011).pdf 12/7/2011 10:28 AM Debby GreerCONTRACTOR CERTIFICATIONCONTRACTOR COMMENTS:see attached emailed to NCL 12/01/2011HOW WILL THE COPIES BE SUBMITTED:EmailNUMBER OF COPIES SUBMITTED: 1This shop drawing has been reviewed by the Contractor and certified to be in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by addenda, field orders, andchange orders. Deviations can only be approved by field order or change order. Approval is only for conformance with the design concept of the project and compliance withthe intent of the information given in the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site; for information thatpertains solely to the fabrication processes or to techniques of construction; and for the work of all trades.SUBMITTED BY: Debby GreerDATE: 12/7/2011 10:28 AMREVIEWER COMMENTSREVIEWER NAME: REVIEWER EMAIL: COMPANY / ORGANIZATION DATE SENT: DATECOMPLETED:Debby Greerdag@freese.comFreese & Nichols, Inc.12/7/201112/7/2011REVIEWER COMMENTS:Per NCL: Approved As Noted, See attached marked up comments.UPLOAD SUPPORTING REVIEW DOCUMENTS44 42 56 02 Suction Barrel Submittal (2) (ES 11-30-2011).pdf Remove 12/7/2011 10:35 AM Debby GreerDISPLAY ROUTING SLIP gfedcCurrent Workflow Step: DCS Admin: Debby Greer Workflow Initiator: Debby Greer(Click on the Names above to Email User)FNI Forms v1.04

SUCTION BARRELSUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSforCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water DistrictWard County Water Supply Expansion Project –Pump Station, Bid Package # 1 – Pumps andMotorsGarney Companies44 42 56.02Vertical Turbine Pumping UnitsSuction BarrelFor questions please contact…Smith Pump Company, Inc.301 M&B IndustrialWaco, Texas 76712Attention:Matt RamburgerPhone: 254.776.0377Facsimile: 254.399.8274E-mail: mattr@smithpump.comSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC, Page 1 of 1C:\Documents and Settings\Mattr\My Documents\CRMWD Ward County\Barrel Submittal Cover Page.docx22 November 2011

INDEXforGarney Companieson theCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water Districton theWard County Water Supply Expansion Project – Pump Station,Bid Package # 1 – Pumps & MotorsITEM PAGES ----------------- DESCRIPTION --------------------1 1 Submittal Cover page2 2 Index3 3 TAB: General… Warranty… Contractor’s Check List to Obtain a Warranty… Comments and Clarifications4 TAB: OEM Submittal5 8 TAB: TPS Barrel Submittal…….. Scope of Supply……… Suction Barrel Overall Drawing……… Top Flange to Pipe Detail……… Hydro-cone Detail……… O-ring Detail……… Sleeve Anchors……… Tnemec Series 140 Coating Spec6 8 TAB: OPS Barrel Submittal……. Scope of Supply……… Suction Barrel Overall Drawing……… Top Flange to Pipe Detail……… Hydro-cone Detail……… O-ring Detail………. Sleeve Anchors……… Tnemec Series 140 Coating SpecSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC. Page 1 of 2file: C:\Documents and Settings\Mattr\My Documents\CRMWD Ward County\Ward County barrel Index.docREVISION: Original 22 November 2011

7 4 TAB: Suction Barrel Installation Recommendations……… Barrel Flange Welding and Leveling Procedure……… Procedure for Checking Level……… Grouting RecommendationsSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC. Page 2 of 2file: C:\Documents and Settings\Mattr\My Documents\CRMWD Ward County\Ward County barrel Index.docREVISION: Original 22 November 2011

GENERAL

SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC.WARRANTYGARNEY COMPANIES Page 1 of 1COLORADO RIVER MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICTWARD COUNTY WATER SUPPLY PROJECTSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC. does hereby warrant and guarantee all equipment furnished byus to be free from defect in materials or workmanship for a period of twenty-four (24) monthsafter date of start up or initial use or thirty (30) months after date of delivery, whichever comesfirst. Additional manufacturers’ warranties may apply. The contractor must notify Smith PumpCompany in writing at the start of the warranty periodThis guarantee is FOB nearest Smith Pump Company facility. Smith Pump Company will notbe responsible for any removal or reinstallation charges, transportation charges, etc. in caseswhere equipment has failed under these warranty conditions. The use of any equipment forother than its intended purpose will void the warranty.Requests for start-up must occur seven (7) days prior to requested schedule date.The equipment supplied on this project has a warranty requirement that qualified SmithPump Company personnel be present during the initial equipment start-up andcommissioning. Failure to request the presence of qualified personnel may void warranty.Modifications to the equipment without written approval from Smith Pump Company willvoid the warranty.It is the responsibility of the Contractor and Owner to properly store and maintain any andall of the furnished equipment from the time it is delivered to the jobsite through the endon the warranty period. Failure to do so may void warranty.FOR ASSISTANCE ON WARRANTY ISSUES OR OTHER ISSUES CONTACT:SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC., WACO, TEXAS, 800-299-8909

CONTRACTOR’S CHECK LIST TO OBTAIN A WARRANTYGarney CompaniesCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water DistrictWard County Water Supply Expansion ProjectPump Station, Bid Package # 1 Pumps & Motors44 42 56.02Vertical Turbine Pumping UnitsThere are numerous inspection points once equipment begins to arrive at the jobsite.This document provides documentation that each point of inspection has occurred, andwas acceptable.At the end of the project, the Contractor will need Smith Pump signatures at eachinspection point for all suction barrels.Inspection Points1. Pre-back fill barrel plumb.2. Pre-weld barrel top flange level.3. Post-weld barrel top flange level.4. Pre-grout barrel top flange level.5. Instruct Contractor on proper grouting (see back of this submittal for instructions)Transmission Pump StationInspection BarrelPoint Date Signature Date Signature Date Signature1 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________2 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________3 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________4 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________5 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________Odessa Pump StationInspection BarrelPoint Date Signature Date Signature Date Signature1 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________2 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________3 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________4 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________5 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________

Garney CompaniesSUBMITTALCOMMENTS AND CLARIFICATIONSCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water DistrictWard County Water Supply Expansion ProjectPump Station, Bid Package # 1 – Pumps and Motors1- Transmission Pump StationSuction Barrels will be fabricated from 42” O.D. x 1/2” wallpipe body with a 30” I.D. x 1/2 wall rolled pipe inlet.2- Odessa Pump StationSuction Barrels will be fabricated from 48” O.D. x 1/2” wallpipe body with a 36” I.D. x 1/2 wall rolled pipe inlet.3- Contractor to confirm sleeve type anchor bolt dimensionsprior to manufacturing.

OEM SUBMITTAL

SMITH PUMP COMPANYEQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION44 42 56.02VERTICAL TURBINE PUMPING UNITSTRANSMISSION PUMP STATION SUCTION BARRELS4- 42” OD X 0.50” WALL X 285” LONG FABRICATED STEEL SUCTION CANWITH 36" DIA PLAIN END INLET WITH SPLITTER PLATE.A) TOP FLANGE ASSEMBLY TACK WELDED TO BARREL AT SHOPB) TOP FLANGE TO HAVE THREADED BOLT HOLES AND O-RING GROOVEC) 2-3/4” THICK BOTTOM PLATED) 4 – 1” FLATS WELDED TO CAN AS BOTTOM ANCHOR POINTSE) 3” X 3” ANGLES FOR CONCRETE ENCASEMENT ANCHORSF) 2- 2” COUPLINGS ARE WELDED ~6” BELOW TOP FLANGEG) 2 FULL LENGTH FLOW VANES AND 6 FLOW VANES FROM BOTTOMTO BOTTOM OF INLET.H) 3 LIFTING LUGSI) 4 1” diameter x 18” long stainless steel epoxy anchors(for bottom of barrel)J) 4 1-1/2” diameter sleeve type anchor bolts (see drawing)(for at top flange of barrel)1- ITEM BLASTING AND COATING AS FOLLOWS:A) GRIT BLAST TO SSPS-SP-10, NEAR WHITE, INSIDE AND OUTSIDEB) INTERIOR OF SUCTION CANS TO RECEIVE (2) TWO COATS OF TNEMECSERIES 140 POT-A-POX (12 MILS MIN DFT. - TOTAL) FINISH COLOR"TANK WHITE"C) EXTERIOR OF SUCTION CANS TO RECEIVE (2) TWO COATS OF TNEMECSERIES 140 POT-A-POX (12 MILS MIN DFT. - TOTAL) FINISH COLOR"TANK WHITE"1- ITEM OF O-RING MATERIAL AS SEAL BETWEEN HEAD AND BARREL(PROVIDED WITH DISCHARGE HEAD BY FLOWSERVE)1- ITEM OF TOUCH UP PAINT1- ITEM DELIVERY TO JOBSITE1- ITEM OF MILL WRIGHT TO FIELD CHECK LEVELNESS OF TOP FLANGE ANDPLUMBNESS OF BARREL PRIOR TO GROUTING AND BACK FILLING.NOTES:1. ITEMS NOT INCLUDED: GROUT, CONCRETE, PIPING, VALVES, FIELDPAINTING, INSTALLATION, FIELD WELDING AND LEVELING, BLEED-OFFPIPING, UNLOADING AT JOBSITE.2. CONTRACTOR / ENGINEER TO VERIFY THE FIELD ELEVATIONS ONDRAWING.C:\Documents and Settings\Mattr\My Documents\Submittal Templates\TPS-Barrel Submittal SCope ofSupply Ward County.doc

Pota-Pox PlusSERIES N140PRODUCT PROFILE®GENERIC DESCRIPTIONCOMMON USAGECOLORSSPECIAL QUALIFICATIONSPERFORMANCE CRITERIAPolyamidoamine EpoxyInnovative potable water coating which offers high-build edge protection and allows for applicationat a wide range of temperatures (down to 35°F or 2°C with 44-700 Accelerator). For use onthe interior and exterior of steel or concrete tanks, reservoirs, pipes, valves, pumps and equipmentin potable water service.1211 Red Oxide, 1255 Beige, 11WH White, 15BL Tank White, 35GR Black and 39BL Delft Blue.Note: Epoxies chalk with extended exposure to sunlight. Lack of ventilation, incomplete mixing,miscatalyzation or the use of heaters that emit carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide duringapplication and initial stages of curing may cause yellowing to occur.Certified by NSF International in accordance with ANSI/NSF Std. 61. Ambient air cured Series N140(with or without 44-700 Epoxy Accelerator) is qualified for use on tanks and reservoirs of 1,000 gallons(3,785L) capacity or greater, pipes four (4) inches (10 cm) in diameter or greater and valves two (2)inches (5 cm) in diameter or greater. Conforms to AWWA D 102 Inside Systems No. 1 and No. 2(with or without 44-700). Conforms to AWWA C 210 (without 44-700). Contact your Tnemec representativefor systems and additional information.Extensive test data available. Contact your Tnemec representative for specific test results.Certified toANSI/NSF 61COATING SYSTEMPRIMERS Self-priming, 20, FC20, 91-H 20, N140FTOPCOATS Interior: Series N140, N140F. Exterior: Series 27, 66, N69, 73, N140, N140F, 161, 175, 180,700, 1074, 1075. Refer to COLORS on applicable topcoat data sheets for additional information.Note: When topcoating with Series 700, an intermediate coat of Series 73 or 1075 is required.Note: The following maximum recoat times apply when using Endura-Shield topcoats: Series 73,ninety (90) days; Series 175, 1074 or 1075 sixty (60) days. If these time limits are exceeded, SeriesN140 must be uniformly scarified or recoated with itself prior to applying Endura-Shield. Whentopcoating with Series 180, the N140 maximum recoat time is 90 days.SURFACE PREPARATIONSTEELPRIMED STEELCAST/DUCTILE IRONCONCRETEALL SURFACESImmersion Service: SSPC-SP10/NACE 2 Near-White Blast CleaningNon-Immersion Service: SSPC-SP6/NACE 3 Commercial Blast CleaningImmersion Service: Scarify the Series N140, 20 or FC20 prime coat surface by blasting with fineabrasive before topcoating if it has been exterior exposed for 60 days or longer and N140 is thespecified topcoat.Contact your Tnemec representative or Tnemec Technical Services.Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. For optimum results and/or immersion service, abrasive blastreferencing SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 Surface Preparation of Concrete and Tnemec’s Surface Preparationand Application Guide. Fill all holes, pits, voids and cracks with 63-1500 Filler and Surfacer.Must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants.TECHNICAL DATAVOLUME SOLIDS*RECOMMENDED DFT67.0 ± 2.0% (mixed—A, B & 44-700 Epoxy Accelerator)3.0 to 8.0 mils (75 to 205 microns) per coat. Note: Number of coats and thickness requirements willvary with substrate, application method and exposure. Contact your Tnemec representative.CURING TIME AT 5 MILS DFT Temperature To Handle To Recoat ImmersionWithout 44-700 Accelerator 75°F (24°C) 6 hours 9 hours 7 daysWith 44-700 Accelerator 75°F (24°C) 4 hours 5 hours 7 days65°F (18°C) 7-8 hours 9-11 hours 8 days55°F (13°C) 12-14 hours 16-20 hours 9-10 days45°F (7°C) 18-22 hours 28-32 hours 12-13 days35°F (2°C) 28-32 hours 46-50 hours 16-18 daysCuring time varies with surface temperature, air movement, humidity and film thickness.Note: For valve applications allow 14 days cure at 75°F (24°C) prior to immersion. For pipeapplications allow 30 days cure at 75°F (24°C) prior to immersion.VOLATILE ORGANIC Unthinned Thinned 10%COMPOUNDS* 2.37 lbs/gallon 2.78 lbs/gallon(284 grams/litre) (333 grams/litre)THEORETICAL COVERAGE* 1,070 mil sq ft/gal (27.2 m 2 /L at 25 microns). See APPLICATION for coverage rates.NUMBER OF COMPONENTS Two: Part A and Part B or Three: Part A, Part B and 44-700 Epoxy AcceleratorPACKAGING 5 gallon (18.9L) pails and 1 gallon (3.79L) cans — Order in multiples of 2.Reference 44-700 Epoxy Accelerator product data sheet for its packaging information.NET WEIGHT PER GALLON* 12.63 ± 0.25 lbs (5.82 ± .11 kg) (mixed)Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.com should be referenced for the mostcurrent technical data and instructions or you may contact your Tnemec representative for current technical data and instructions.© March 2004, by Tnemec Company, Inc. N140

SERIES N140Pota-Pox PlusTECHNICAL DATA continuedSTORAGE TEMPERATURE Minimum 20°F (-7°C) Maximum 110°F (43°C)TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE (Dry) Continuous 250°F (121°C) Intermittent 275°F (135°C)SHELF LIFE 24 months at recommended storage temperature.FLASH POINT - SETA Part A: 82°F (28°C) Part B: 80°F (27°C) 44-700: NoneHEALTH & SAFETY Paint products contain chemical ingredients which are considered hazardous. Read container labelwarning and Material Safety Data Sheet for important health and safety information prior to the use ofthis product. Keep out of the reach of children.APPLICATIONCOVERAGE RATES* Primer Intermediate / TopcoatDry Mils Wet Mils Sq Ft/Gal Dry Mils Wet Mils Sq Ft/Gal(Microns) (Microns) (m 2 /Gal) (Microns) (Microns) (m 2 /Gal)Suggested (1) 4.0 (100) 6.0 (150) 268 (24.9) 5.0 (125) 7.5 (190) 214 (19.9)Minimum 3.0 (75) 4.5 (115) 357 (33.2) 4.0 (100) 6.0 (150) 268 (24.9)Maximum 5.0 (125) 7.5 (190) 214 (19.9) 6.0 (150) 9.0 (230) 178 (16.6)(1) Note: Roller or brush application requires two or more coats to obtain recommended film thickness.Series N140 can be spray applied to an optional high-build film thickness range of 6.0 to 8.0 dry mils (150to 205 dry microns) or 8.5 to 11.5 wet mils (215 to 290 wet microns). Allow for overspray and surfaceirregularities. Film thickness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating belowminimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance.MIXING l. Start with equal amounts of both Parts A & B.2. Using a power mixer, separately stir Parts A & B.3. (For accelerated version. If not using 44-700, skip to No. 4.)Add four (4) fluid ounces of 44-700 per gallon of Part A while Part A is under agitation.4. Add Part A to Part B under agitation, stir until thoroughly mixed.5. Both components must be above 50°F (10°C) prior to mixing. For application of the unacceleratedversion to surfaces between 50°F to 60°F (10°C to 16°C) or the accelerated version to surfaces between35°F to 50°F (2°C to 10°C), allow mixed material to stand 30 minutes and restir before using.6. For optimum application properties, the material temperature should be above 60°F (16°C).Note: The use of more than the recommended amount of 44-700 will adversely affect performance.POT LIFE Without 44-700 15 hours at 50°F (10°C) 5 hours at 77°F (25°C) 3 hours at 100°F (38°C)With 44-700 8 hours at 35°F (2°C) 4 hours at 77°F (25°C) 1 hour at 100°F (38°C)THINNING Use No. 4 Thinner. For air spray, thin up to 10% or ¾ pint (380 mL) per gallon. For airless spray, roller orbrush, thin up to 5% or ¼ pint (190 mL) per gallon. Caution: Series N140 NSF certification is based onthinning with No. 4 Thinner. Use of any other thinner voids ANSI/NSF Std. 61 certification.SURFACE TEMPERATURE Without 44-700 Minimum 50°F (10°C) Maximum 135°F (57°C)With 44-700 Minimum 35°F (2°C) Maximum 135°F (57°C)The surface should be dry and at least 5°F (3°C) above the dew point. Coating won’t cure belowminimum surface temperature.APPLICATION EQUIPMENTAir SprayGun FluidTipAir Cap Air HoseIDMat’l HoseIDAtomizingPressurePotPressureDeVilbiss E 765 5/16” or 3/8” 3/8” or 1/2” 75-100 psi 10-20 psiMBC or JGA or 78 (7.9 or 9.5 mm) (9.5 or 12.7 mm) (5.2-6.9 bar) (0.7-1.4 bar)Low temperatures or longer hoses require higher pot pressure.Airless SprayTip Orifice Atomizing Pressure Mat’l Hose ID Manifold Filter0.015”-0.019” 1800-3000 psi 1/4” or 3/8” 60 mesh(380-485 microns) (124-207 bar) (6.4 or 9.5 mm) (250 microns)Use appropriate tip/atomizing pressure for equipment, applicator technique and weather conditions.Note: Application over inorganic zinc-rich primers: Apply a wet mist coat and allow tiny bubbles toform. When bubbles disappear in 1 to 2 minutes, apply a full wet coat at specified mil thickness.Roller: Roller application optional when environmental restrictions do not allow spraying. Use 3/8” or1/2” (9.5 mm or 12.7 mm) synthetic nap covers.Brush: Recommended for small areas only. Use high quality natural or synthetic bristle brushes.CLEANUP Flush and clean all equipment immediately after use with the recommended thinner or MEK.*Values may vary with color.WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF SELLER’S LIABILITY: Tnemec Company, Inc. warrants only that its coatings represented herein meet the formulation standards of Tnemec Company, Inc.THE WARRANTY DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE PARAGRAPH SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES THAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. The buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy against Tnemec Company, Inc. shall be for replacement of the product in theevent a defective condition of the product should be found to exist and the exclusive remedy shall not have failed its essential purpose as long as Tnemec is willing to provide comparable replacement product to the buyer. NO OTHERREMEDY (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY, ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIALLOSS) SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE BUYER. Technical and application information herein is provided for the purpose of establishing a general profile of the coating and proper coating application procedures. Test performance resultswere obtained in a controlled environment and Tnemec Company makes no claim that these tests or any other tests, accurately represent all environments. As application, environmental and design factors can vary significantly, duecare should be exercised in the selection and use of the coating. FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY.TNEMEC COMPANY INCORPORATEDPRINTED IN USA6800 CORPORATE DRIVE, KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI 64120-1372 TEL: 1 800 TNEMEC 1 www.tnemec.com (YDAT141) N140

SMITH PUMP COMPANYEQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION44 42 56.02VERTICAL TURBINE PUMPING UNITSODESSA PUMP STATION SUCTION BARRELS2- 48” OD X 0.50” WALL X 393” LONG FABRICATED STEEL SUCTION CANWITH 36" DIA PLAIN END INLET WITH SPLITTER PLATE.A) TOP FLANGE ASSEMBLY TACK WELDED TO BARREL AT SHOPB) TOP FLANGE TO HAVE THREADED BOLT HOLES AND O-RING GROOVEC) 2-3/4” THICK BOTTOM PLATED) 4 – 1” FLATS WELDED TO CAN AS BOTTOM ANCHOR POINTSE) 3” X 3” ANGLES FOR CONCRETE ENCASEMENT ANCHORSF) 2- 2” COUPLINGS ARE WELDED ~6” BELOW TOP FLANGEG) 2 FULL LENGTH FLOW VANES AND 6 FLOW VANES FROM BOTTOMTO BOTTOM OF INLET.H) 3 LIFTING LUGSI) 4 1” diameter x 18” long stainless steel epoxy anchors(for bottom of barrel)J) 4 1-1/2” diameter sleeve type anchor bolts (see drawing)(for at top flange of barrel)1- ITEM BLASTING AND COATING AS FOLLOWS:A) GRIT BLAST TO SSPS-SP-10, NEAR WHITE, INSIDE AND OUTSIDEB) INTERIOR OF SUCTION CANS TO RECEIVE (2) TWO COATS OF TNEMECSERIES 140 POT-A-POX (12 MILS MIN DFT. - TOTAL) FINISH COLOR"TANK WHITE"C) EXTERIOR OF SUCTION CANS TO RECEIVE (2) TWO COATS OF TNEMECSERIES 140 POT-A-POX (12 MILS MIN DFT. - TOTAL) FINISH COLOR"TANK WHITE"1- ITEM OF O-RING MATERIAL AS SEAL BETWEEN HEAD AND BARREL(PROVIDED WITH DISCHARGE HEAD BY FLOWSERVE)1- ITEM OF TOUCH UP PAINT1- ITEM DELIVERY TO JOBSITE1- ITEM OF MILL WRIGHT TO FIELD CHECK LEVELNESS OF TOP FLANGE ANDPLUMBNESS OF BARREL PRIOR TO GROUTING AND BACK FILLING.NOTES:1. ITEMS NOT INCLUDED: GROUT, CONCRETE, PIPING, VALVES, FIELDPAINTING, INSTALLATION, FIELD WELDING AND LEVELING, BLEED-OFFPIPING, UNLOADING AT JOBSITE.2. CONTRACTOR / ENGINEER TO VERIFY THE FIELD ELEVATIONS ONDRAWING.C:\Documents and Settings\Mattr\My Documents\Submittal Templates\OPS-BarrelSubmittal Scope of Supply Ward County.doc

Pota-Pox PlusSERIES N140PRODUCT PROFILE®GENERIC DESCRIPTIONCOMMON USAGECOLORSSPECIAL QUALIFICATIONSPERFORMANCE CRITERIAPolyamidoamine EpoxyInnovative potable water coating which offers high-build edge protection and allows for applicationat a wide range of temperatures (down to 35°F or 2°C with 44-700 Accelerator). For use onthe interior and exterior of steel or concrete tanks, reservoirs, pipes, valves, pumps and equipmentin potable water service.1211 Red Oxide, 1255 Beige, 11WH White, 15BL Tank White, 35GR Black and 39BL Delft Blue.Note: Epoxies chalk with extended exposure to sunlight. Lack of ventilation, incomplete mixing,miscatalyzation or the use of heaters that emit carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide duringapplication and initial stages of curing may cause yellowing to occur.Certified by NSF International in accordance with ANSI/NSF Std. 61. Ambient air cured Series N140(with or without 44-700 Epoxy Accelerator) is qualified for use on tanks and reservoirs of 1,000 gallons(3,785L) capacity or greater, pipes four (4) inches (10 cm) in diameter or greater and valves two (2)inches (5 cm) in diameter or greater. Conforms to AWWA D 102 Inside Systems No. 1 and No. 2(with or without 44-700). Conforms to AWWA C 210 (without 44-700). Contact your Tnemec representativefor systems and additional information.Extensive test data available. Contact your Tnemec representative for specific test results.Certified toANSI/NSF 61COATING SYSTEMPRIMERS Self-priming, 20, FC20, 91-H 20, N140FTOPCOATS Interior: Series N140, N140F. Exterior: Series 27, 66, N69, 73, N140, N140F, 161, 175, 180,700, 1074, 1075. Refer to COLORS on applicable topcoat data sheets for additional information.Note: When topcoating with Series 700, an intermediate coat of Series 73 or 1075 is required.Note: The following maximum recoat times apply when using Endura-Shield topcoats: Series 73,ninety (90) days; Series 175, 1074 or 1075 sixty (60) days. If these time limits are exceeded, SeriesN140 must be uniformly scarified or recoated with itself prior to applying Endura-Shield. Whentopcoating with Series 180, the N140 maximum recoat time is 90 days.SURFACE PREPARATIONSTEELPRIMED STEELCAST/DUCTILE IRONCONCRETEALL SURFACESImmersion Service: SSPC-SP10/NACE 2 Near-White Blast CleaningNon-Immersion Service: SSPC-SP6/NACE 3 Commercial Blast CleaningImmersion Service: Scarify the Series N140, 20 or FC20 prime coat surface by blasting with fineabrasive before topcoating if it has been exterior exposed for 60 days or longer and N140 is thespecified topcoat.Contact your Tnemec representative or Tnemec Technical Services.Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. For optimum results and/or immersion service, abrasive blastreferencing SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 Surface Preparation of Concrete and Tnemec’s Surface Preparationand Application Guide. Fill all holes, pits, voids and cracks with 63-1500 Filler and Surfacer.Must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants.TECHNICAL DATAVOLUME SOLIDS*RECOMMENDED DFT67.0 ± 2.0% (mixed—A, B & 44-700 Epoxy Accelerator)3.0 to 8.0 mils (75 to 205 microns) per coat. Note: Number of coats and thickness requirements willvary with substrate, application method and exposure. Contact your Tnemec representative.CURING TIME AT 5 MILS DFT Temperature To Handle To Recoat ImmersionWithout 44-700 Accelerator 75°F (24°C) 6 hours 9 hours 7 daysWith 44-700 Accelerator 75°F (24°C) 4 hours 5 hours 7 days65°F (18°C) 7-8 hours 9-11 hours 8 days55°F (13°C) 12-14 hours 16-20 hours 9-10 days45°F (7°C) 18-22 hours 28-32 hours 12-13 days35°F (2°C) 28-32 hours 46-50 hours 16-18 daysCuring time varies with surface temperature, air movement, humidity and film thickness.Note: For valve applications allow 14 days cure at 75°F (24°C) prior to immersion. For pipeapplications allow 30 days cure at 75°F (24°C) prior to immersion.VOLATILE ORGANIC Unthinned Thinned 10%COMPOUNDS* 2.37 lbs/gallon 2.78 lbs/gallon(284 grams/litre) (333 grams/litre)THEORETICAL COVERAGE* 1,070 mil sq ft/gal (27.2 m 2 /L at 25 microns). See APPLICATION for coverage rates.NUMBER OF COMPONENTS Two: Part A and Part B or Three: Part A, Part B and 44-700 Epoxy AcceleratorPACKAGING 5 gallon (18.9L) pails and 1 gallon (3.79L) cans — Order in multiples of 2.Reference 44-700 Epoxy Accelerator product data sheet for its packaging information.NET WEIGHT PER GALLON* 12.63 ± 0.25 lbs (5.82 ± .11 kg) (mixed)Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.com should be referenced for the mostcurrent technical data and instructions or you may contact your Tnemec representative for current technical data and instructions.© March 2004, by Tnemec Company, Inc. N140

SERIES N140Pota-Pox PlusTECHNICAL DATA continuedSTORAGE TEMPERATURE Minimum 20°F (-7°C) Maximum 110°F (43°C)TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE (Dry) Continuous 250°F (121°C) Intermittent 275°F (135°C)SHELF LIFE 24 months at recommended storage temperature.FLASH POINT - SETA Part A: 82°F (28°C) Part B: 80°F (27°C) 44-700: NoneHEALTH & SAFETY Paint products contain chemical ingredients which are considered hazardous. Read container labelwarning and Material Safety Data Sheet for important health and safety information prior to the use ofthis product. Keep out of the reach of children.APPLICATIONCOVERAGE RATES* Primer Intermediate / TopcoatDry Mils Wet Mils Sq Ft/Gal Dry Mils Wet Mils Sq Ft/Gal(Microns) (Microns) (m 2 /Gal) (Microns) (Microns) (m 2 /Gal)Suggested (1) 4.0 (100) 6.0 (150) 268 (24.9) 5.0 (125) 7.5 (190) 214 (19.9)Minimum 3.0 (75) 4.5 (115) 357 (33.2) 4.0 (100) 6.0 (150) 268 (24.9)Maximum 5.0 (125) 7.5 (190) 214 (19.9) 6.0 (150) 9.0 (230) 178 (16.6)(1) Note: Roller or brush application requires two or more coats to obtain recommended film thickness.Series N140 can be spray applied to an optional high-build film thickness range of 6.0 to 8.0 dry mils (150to 205 dry microns) or 8.5 to 11.5 wet mils (215 to 290 wet microns). Allow for overspray and surfaceirregularities. Film thickness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating belowminimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance.MIXING l. Start with equal amounts of both Parts A & B.2. Using a power mixer, separately stir Parts A & B.3. (For accelerated version. If not using 44-700, skip to No. 4.)Add four (4) fluid ounces of 44-700 per gallon of Part A while Part A is under agitation.4. Add Part A to Part B under agitation, stir until thoroughly mixed.5. Both components must be above 50°F (10°C) prior to mixing. For application of the unacceleratedversion to surfaces between 50°F to 60°F (10°C to 16°C) or the accelerated version to surfaces between35°F to 50°F (2°C to 10°C), allow mixed material to stand 30 minutes and restir before using.6. For optimum application properties, the material temperature should be above 60°F (16°C).Note: The use of more than the recommended amount of 44-700 will adversely affect performance.POT LIFE Without 44-700 15 hours at 50°F (10°C) 5 hours at 77°F (25°C) 3 hours at 100°F (38°C)With 44-700 8 hours at 35°F (2°C) 4 hours at 77°F (25°C) 1 hour at 100°F (38°C)THINNING Use No. 4 Thinner. For air spray, thin up to 10% or ¾ pint (380 mL) per gallon. For airless spray, roller orbrush, thin up to 5% or ¼ pint (190 mL) per gallon. Caution: Series N140 NSF certification is based onthinning with No. 4 Thinner. Use of any other thinner voids ANSI/NSF Std. 61 certification.SURFACE TEMPERATURE Without 44-700 Minimum 50°F (10°C) Maximum 135°F (57°C)With 44-700 Minimum 35°F (2°C) Maximum 135°F (57°C)The surface should be dry and at least 5°F (3°C) above the dew point. Coating won’t cure belowminimum surface temperature.APPLICATION EQUIPMENTAir SprayGun FluidTipAir Cap Air HoseIDMat’l HoseIDAtomizingPressurePotPressureDeVilbiss E 765 5/16” or 3/8” 3/8” or 1/2” 75-100 psi 10-20 psiMBC or JGA or 78 (7.9 or 9.5 mm) (9.5 or 12.7 mm) (5.2-6.9 bar) (0.7-1.4 bar)Low temperatures or longer hoses require higher pot pressure.Airless SprayTip Orifice Atomizing Pressure Mat’l Hose ID Manifold Filter0.015”-0.019” 1800-3000 psi 1/4” or 3/8” 60 mesh(380-485 microns) (124-207 bar) (6.4 or 9.5 mm) (250 microns)Use appropriate tip/atomizing pressure for equipment, applicator technique and weather conditions.Note: Application over inorganic zinc-rich primers: Apply a wet mist coat and allow tiny bubbles toform. When bubbles disappear in 1 to 2 minutes, apply a full wet coat at specified mil thickness.Roller: Roller application optional when environmental restrictions do not allow spraying. Use 3/8” or1/2” (9.5 mm or 12.7 mm) synthetic nap covers.Brush: Recommended for small areas only. Use high quality natural or synthetic bristle brushes.CLEANUP Flush and clean all equipment immediately after use with the recommended thinner or MEK.*Values may vary with color.WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF SELLER’S LIABILITY: Tnemec Company, Inc. warrants only that its coatings represented herein meet the formulation standards of Tnemec Company, Inc.THE WARRANTY DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE PARAGRAPH SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES THAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. The buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy against Tnemec Company, Inc. shall be for replacement of the product in theevent a defective condition of the product should be found to exist and the exclusive remedy shall not have failed its essential purpose as long as Tnemec is willing to provide comparable replacement product to the buyer. NO OTHERREMEDY (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY, ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIALLOSS) SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE BUYER. Technical and application information herein is provided for the purpose of establishing a general profile of the coating and proper coating application procedures. Test performance resultswere obtained in a controlled environment and Tnemec Company makes no claim that these tests or any other tests, accurately represent all environments. As application, environmental and design factors can vary significantly, duecare should be exercised in the selection and use of the coating. FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY.TNEMEC COMPANY INCORPORATEDPRINTED IN USA6800 CORPORATE DRIVE, KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI 64120-1372 TEL: 1 800 TNEMEC 1 www.tnemec.com (YDAT141) N140

Suction Barrel Installation RecommendationsCorrect installation of the suction barrel is critical to proper and trouble free operationof the vertical turbine pump. The barrel must be plumbed (vertical) so the pump andcolumn are centered in the barrel. More critical is the level of the barrel’s top flange.An unlevel barrel top flange can lead to excessive vibration resulting in reduced life ofthe bearings and voiding the pump warranty.1-2-3BLOCKS(2 PLACES)SUCTION CENTERLINE1-2-3 PRECISIONBLOCKS(2 PLACES)MACHINIST LEVELACCURATE TO 0.0005" / FTPRECISION STRAIGHT EDGE(FLAT WITHIN 0.0005 IN.)SHIMS(ADD TO MAKE LEVEL)TAPE - READ TO NEAREST 1/16" MIN.TOP FLANGEDISTANCE BETWEENMEASUREMENTS(2 DIRECTIONS)ACCEPTABLE LIMIT1/16 PER 4 FEETTAPE - READ TO NEAREST 1/16" MIN.PLUMB BOBCONCRETE PAD6 IN THICK MIN.The barrel must be plumb within 0.015 inches / foot of barrel length along the entirelength of the barrel. Once positioned plumb, the barrel must be secured and heldplumb through out the back filling operation. Anchor bolt holes are generallyprovided in or near the bottom plate. Using nuts above and below the anchor plate,the barrel may be adjusted. The anchor bolts are not always sufficient to hold thebarrel in place, so guy wires near the barrel top are recommended for holding thebarrel in place.For barrels with top flanges which are seal welded to the barrel, the top flange mustbe held level at the same time and through out the back filling process.

Barrel Flange Welding and Leveling Procedurea. Required Equipmenta.1. Machinist level accurate to 0.0005” minimuma.2. 123 precision blocksa.3. Precision straight edge (long enough to span barrel opening)b. This procedure generally requires two persons. A millwright typeperson, referred to as the “leveler”. The second person is a qualifiedwelder.b.1. The elevation should be verified prior to starting.b.2. The flange should be at ambient temperature and in completesun or complete shade during entire process.c. The leveler finds highest point on flange. Once highest point is found allother tacks are removed. Starting at the low point, with the opposite highpoint still tacked, begin jacking up flange. Stop a few thousands belowlevel, because the tack weld will cause the flange to rise. Tacking is doneon top side of flange. The amount of rise will depend on the size of the tackand the size of the gap, if any. If it draws up to much you cut the tack outand start a little lower. This is a trial and error process. Once you have thispoint level and tacked then you turn 90 degrees.d. Repeat previous steps, tacking high side and jacking up low side untilthe flange is level. When this is accomplished, proceed on 45 degrees andon very large O.D. pipe, you may have to go to 22-1/2 degrees increments.e. When all sides have been leveled and tacked, recheck level at least oncenter line of suction and 90 degrees, preferably all the way around theflange.f. Now the welder is ready to start welding out top side. The quartering andback step method is recommended. For instance, if you call the suctioncenter line 12 O-clock, then you weld about 3” there and move to 6 O-clockand weld 3”, go to 3 O-clock and then 9 O-clock. Remembering whilewelder is welding, he stops and allows leveler to check and make sureflange is not moving out of tolerances. Continue welding in abovementioned pattern until top joint is complete.g. Now the welder can seal weld the bottom side of flange to pipe using assmall of pass as possible to minimize warping. There are many variablesthat affect this procedure and much has to be dealt with throughexperience and good common sense. For instance, if there is a larger gapon one side, it may draw more than the other side. The welder may have toput a larger weld or a couple of passes on the side that draws less. Also,while welding out, if the leveler finds that flange has been drawn up tomuch in one spot and it has been welded too much to try to cut loose, thewelder can try to weld the underside to try to get it to draw down.h. This is a trial and error procedure to achieve the levelness specified onthe drawing.

Procedure for Checking LevelAfter the top flange is completely welded to the barrel and prior to the top flangegrouting and pump installation, the top flange level must be verified by Smith PumpCompany personnel.a. Required Equipmenta.1. Machinist level accurate to 0.0005” minimum.a.2. 123 precision blocksa.3. Precision straight edge (long enough to span barrel opening)b. The top flange surface must be clean, smooth and free of loose particles.b.1. The elevation should be verified prior to starting.b.2. The flange should be at ambient temperature and in complete sun orcomplete shade during entire process.c. Using a machinist level and precision straight edge, that person will place 123blocks at the positions as shown above and measure the levelness in line andperpendicular to the barrel suction. On larger barrels and flanges, the level is alsochecked at 45 degrees from suction. Shims will be added to the low side to center thebubble of the level.d. The slope of the top flange is equal to the shim thickness, in inches, divided by thedistance between the 123 blocks, in feet. The dimensions are recorded as part of thestart-up report. The minimal acceptable slope is 0.001 inches per foot in anydirection. Slope exceeding these criteria must be corrected prior to grouting.e. It is recommended that the Contractor verify the top flange level prior to requestingSmith Pump Company personnel come to the site.GROUTTOP FLANGEFINAL GROUTLEVEL TOP FLANGE AND VERIFY PIPING LOCATION.USE JACK SCREWS OR SHIMS TO LEVEL.AFTER ACCEPTABLE LEVEL IS OBTAINED,INSTALL GROUT. ALLOW GROUT TO SET.AFTER GROUT CURES, LOOSEN NUTS OR REMOVE JACKSCREWS OR SHIMS AND HAND PACK VOID WITH GROUTFOUNDATION / CONCRETEGrouting Recommendationsa. Always shim near the foundation bolts at each side and then back off the levelingnuts. Then tighten the foundation nuts. If done otherwise, there is a risk ofsignificantly lowering the structural natural frequency that could result in separation ofthe base from the grout and vibration problems.

. If leveling nuts are used to level the base, they must be backed off as far aspossible prior to grouting.c. Allow grout to set or cure for 72- 80 hours, then recheck flange level using aboveprocedure before installing the pump.d. The minimal acceptable slope is 0.002 inches per foot in any direction aftergrouting is cured.Notes:1. If recommended flange level is not maintained throughout back filling andgrouting operation, corrective action must be performed, at the Contractor’sexpense.2. These recommendations do not over rule the Engineer’s requirements.H:\2001PROJECTS\PROJECT MANAGEMENT DOCUMENTS\Suction Barrel Installation Recommendations.doc

SUCTION BARRELSUBMITTAL DOCUMENTSforCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water DistrictWard County Water Supply Expansion Project –Pump Station, Bid Package # 1 – Pumps andMotorsGarney Companies44 42 56.02Vertical Turbine Pumping UnitsSuction BarrelFor questions please contact…Smith Pump Company, Inc.301 M&B IndustrialWaco, Texas 76712Attention:Matt RamburgerPhone: 254.776.0377Facsimile: 254.399.8274E-mail: mattr@smithpump.comSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC, Page 1 of 1C:\Documents and Settings\Mattr\My Documents\CRMWD Ward County\Barrel Submittal Cover Page.docx22 November 2011

INDEXforGarney Companieson theCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water Districton theWard County Water Supply Expansion Project – Pump Station,Bid Package # 1 – Pumps & MotorsITEM PAGES ----------------- DESCRIPTION --------------------1 1 Submittal Cover page2 2 Index3 3 TAB: General… Warranty… Contractor’s Check List to Obtain a Warranty… Comments and Clarifications4 TAB: OEM Submittal5 8 TAB: TPS Barrel Submittal…….. Scope of Supply……… Suction Barrel Overall Drawing……… Top Flange to Pipe Detail……… Hydro-cone Detail……… O-ring Detail……… Sleeve Anchors……… Tnemec Series 140 Coating Spec6 8 TAB: OPS Barrel Submittal……. Scope of Supply……… Suction Barrel Overall Drawing……… Top Flange to Pipe Detail……… Hydro-cone Detail……… O-ring Detail………. Sleeve Anchors……… Tnemec Series 140 Coating SpecSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC. Page 1 of 2file: C:\Documents and Settings\Mattr\My Documents\CRMWD Ward County\Ward County barrel Index.docREVISION: Original 22 November 2011

7 4 TAB: Suction Barrel Installation Recommendations……… Barrel Flange Welding and Leveling Procedure……… Procedure for Checking Level……… Grouting RecommendationsSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC. Page 2 of 2file: C:\Documents and Settings\Mattr\My Documents\CRMWD Ward County\Ward County barrel Index.docREVISION: Original 22 November 2011

GENERAL

SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC.WARRANTYGARNEY COMPANIES Page 1 of 1COLORADO RIVER MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICTWARD COUNTY WATER SUPPLY PROJECTSMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC. does hereby warrant and guarantee all equipment furnished byus to be free from defect in materials or workmanship for a period of twenty-four (24) monthsafter date of start up or initial use or thirty (30) months after date of delivery, whichever comesfirst. Additional manufacturers’ warranties may apply. The contractor must notify Smith PumpCompany in writing at the start of the warranty periodThis guarantee is FOB nearest Smith Pump Company facility. Smith Pump Company will notbe responsible for any removal or reinstallation charges, transportation charges, etc. in caseswhere equipment has failed under these warranty conditions. The use of any equipment forother than its intended purpose will void the warranty.Requests for start-up must occur seven (7) days prior to requested schedule date.The equipment supplied on this project has a warranty requirement that qualified SmithPump Company personnel be present during the initial equipment start-up andcommissioning. Failure to request the presence of qualified personnel may void warranty.Modifications to the equipment without written approval from Smith Pump Company willvoid the warranty.It is the responsibility of the Contractor and Owner to properly store and maintain any andall of the furnished equipment from the time it is delivered to the jobsite through the endon the warranty period. Failure to do so may void warranty.FOR ASSISTANCE ON WARRANTY ISSUES OR OTHER ISSUES CONTACT:SMITH PUMP COMPANY, INC., WACO, TEXAS, 800-299-8909

CONTRACTOR’S CHECK LIST TO OBTAIN A WARRANTYGarney CompaniesCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water DistrictWard County Water Supply Expansion ProjectPump Station, Bid Package # 1 Pumps & Motors44 42 56.02Vertical Turbine Pumping UnitsThere are numerous inspection points once equipment begins to arrive at the jobsite.This document provides documentation that each point of inspection has occurred, andwas acceptable.At the end of the project, the Contractor will need Smith Pump signatures at eachinspection point for all suction barrels.Inspection Points1. Pre-back fill barrel plumb.2. Pre-weld barrel top flange level.3. Post-weld barrel top flange level.4. Pre-grout barrel top flange level.5. Instruct Contractor on proper grouting (see back of this submittal for instructions)Transmission Pump StationInspection BarrelPoint Date Signature Date Signature Date Signature1 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________2 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________3 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________4 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________5 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________Odessa Pump StationInspection BarrelPoint Date Signature Date Signature Date Signature1 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________2 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________3 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________4 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________5 ____ _________ ____ _________ _____ _________

Garney CompaniesSUBMITTALCOMMENTS AND CLARIFICATIONSCRMWDColorado River Municipal Water DistrictWard County Water Supply Expansion ProjectPump Station, Bid Package # 1 – Pumps and Motors1- Transmission Pump StationSuction Barrels will be fabricated from 42” O.D. x 1/2” wallpipe body with a 30” I.D. x 1/2 wall rolled pipe inlet.2- Odessa Pump StationSuction Barrels will be fabricated from 48” O.D. x 1/2” wallpipe body with a 36” I.D. x 1/2 wall rolled pipe inlet.3- Contractor to confirm sleeve type anchor bolt dimensionsprior to manufacturing.

OEM SUBMITTAL

SMITH PUMP COMPANYEQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION44 42 56.02VERTICAL TURBINE PUMPING UNITSTRANSMISSION PUMP STATION SUCTION BARRELS4- 42” OD X 0.50” WALL X 285” LONG FABRICATED STEEL SUCTION CANWITH 36" DIA PLAIN END INLET WITH SPLITTER PLATE.A) TOP FLANGE ASSEMBLY TACK WELDED TO BARREL AT SHOPB) TOP FLANGE TO HAVE THREADED BOLT HOLES AND O-RING GROOVEC) 2-3/4” THICK BOTTOM PLATED) 4 – 1” FLATS WELDED TO CAN AS BOTTOM ANCHOR POINTSE) 3” X 3” ANGLES FOR CONCRETE ENCASEMENT ANCHORSF) 2- 2” COUPLINGS ARE WELDED ~6” BELOW TOP FLANGEG) 2 FULL LENGTH FLOW VANES AND 6 FLOW VANES FROM BOTTOMTO BOTTOM OF INLET.H) 3 LIFTING LUGSI) 4 1” diameter x 18” long stainless steel epoxy anchors(for bottom of barrel)J) 4 1-1/2” diameter sleeve type anchor bolts (see drawing)(for at top flange of barrel)1- ITEM BLASTING AND COATING AS FOLLOWS:A) GRIT BLAST TO SSPS-SP-10, NEAR WHITE, INSIDE AND OUTSIDEB) INTERIOR OF SUCTION CANS TO RECEIVE (2) TWO COATS OF TNEMECSERIES 140 POT-A-POX (12 MILS MIN DFT. - TOTAL) FINISH COLOR"TANK WHITE"C) EXTERIOR OF SUCTION CANS TO RECEIVE (2) TWO COATS OF TNEMECSERIES 140 POT-A-POX (12 MILS MIN DFT. - TOTAL) FINISH COLOR"TANK WHITE"1- ITEM OF O-RING MATERIAL AS SEAL BETWEEN HEAD AND BARREL(PROVIDED WITH DISCHARGE HEAD BY FLOWSERVE)1- ITEM OF TOUCH UP PAINT1- ITEM DELIVERY TO JOBSITE1- ITEM OF MILL WRIGHT TO FIELD CHECK LEVELNESS OF TOP FLANGE ANDPLUMBNESS OF BARREL PRIOR TO GROUTING AND BACK FILLING.NOTES:1. ITEMS NOT INCLUDED: GROUT, CONCRETE, PIPING, VALVES, FIELDPAINTING, INSTALLATION, FIELD WELDING AND LEVELING, BLEED-OFFPIPING, UNLOADING AT JOBSITE.2. CONTRACTOR / ENGINEER TO VERIFY THE FIELD ELEVATIONS ONDRAWING.C:\Documents and Settings\Mattr\My Documents\Submittal Templates\TPS-Barrel Submittal SCope ofSupply Ward County.doc

Pota-Pox PlusSERIES N140PRODUCT PROFILE®GENERIC DESCRIPTIONCOMMON USAGECOLORSSPECIAL QUALIFICATIONSPERFORMANCE CRITERIAPolyamidoamine EpoxyInnovative potable water coating which offers high-build edge protection and allows for applicationat a wide range of temperatures (down to 35°F or 2°C with 44-700 Accelerator). For use onthe interior and exterior of steel or concrete tanks, reservoirs, pipes, valves, pumps and equipmentin potable water service.1211 Red Oxide, 1255 Beige, 11WH White, 15BL Tank White, 35GR Black and 39BL Delft Blue.Note: Epoxies chalk with extended exposure to sunlight. Lack of ventilation, incomplete mixing,miscatalyzation or the use of heaters that emit carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide duringapplication and initial stages of curing may cause yellowing to occur.Certified by NSF International in accordance with ANSI/NSF Std. 61. Ambient air cured Series N140(with or without 44-700 Epoxy Accelerator) is qualified for use on tanks and reservoirs of 1,000 gallons(3,785L) capacity or greater, pipes four (4) inches (10 cm) in diameter or greater and valves two (2)inches (5 cm) in diameter or greater. Conforms to AWWA D 102 Inside Systems No. 1 and No. 2(with or without 44-700). Conforms to AWWA C 210 (without 44-700). Contact your Tnemec representativefor systems and additional information.Extensive test data available. Contact your Tnemec representative for specific test results.Certified toANSI/NSF 61COATING SYSTEMPRIMERS Self-priming, 20, FC20, 91-H 20, N140FTOPCOATS Interior: Series N140, N140F. Exterior: Series 27, 66, N69, 73, N140, N140F, 161, 175, 180,700, 1074, 1075. Refer to COLORS on applicable topcoat data sheets for additional information.Note: When topcoating with Series 700, an intermediate coat of Series 73 or 1075 is required.Note: The following maximum recoat times apply when using Endura-Shield topcoats: Series 73,ninety (90) days; Series 175, 1074 or 1075 sixty (60) days. If these time limits are exceeded, SeriesN140 must be uniformly scarified or recoated with itself prior to applying Endura-Shield. Whentopcoating with Series 180, the N140 maximum recoat time is 90 days.SURFACE PREPARATIONSTEELPRIMED STEELCAST/DUCTILE IRONCONCRETEALL SURFACESImmersion Service: SSPC-SP10/NACE 2 Near-White Blast CleaningNon-Immersion Service: SSPC-SP6/NACE 3 Commercial Blast CleaningImmersion Service: Scarify the Series N140, 20 or FC20 prime coat surface by blasting with fineabrasive before topcoating if it has been exterior exposed for 60 days or longer and N140 is thespecified topcoat.Contact your Tnemec representative or Tnemec Technical Services.Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. For optimum results and/or immersion service, abrasive blastreferencing SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 Surface Preparation of Concrete and Tnemec’s Surface Preparationand Application Guide. Fill all holes, pits, voids and cracks with 63-1500 Filler and Surfacer.Must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants.TECHNICAL DATAVOLUME SOLIDS*RECOMMENDED DFT67.0 ± 2.0% (mixed—A, B & 44-700 Epoxy Accelerator)3.0 to 8.0 mils (75 to 205 microns) per coat. Note: Number of coats and thickness requirements willvary with substrate, application method and exposure. Contact your Tnemec representative.CURING TIME AT 5 MILS DFT Temperature To Handle To Recoat ImmersionWithout 44-700 Accelerator 75°F (24°C) 6 hours 9 hours 7 daysWith 44-700 Accelerator 75°F (24°C) 4 hours 5 hours 7 days65°F (18°C) 7-8 hours 9-11 hours 8 days55°F (13°C) 12-14 hours 16-20 hours 9-10 days45°F (7°C) 18-22 hours 28-32 hours 12-13 days35°F (2°C) 28-32 hours 46-50 hours 16-18 daysCuring time varies with surface temperature, air movement, humidity and film thickness.Note: For valve applications allow 14 days cure at 75°F (24°C) prior to immersion. For pipeapplications allow 30 days cure at 75°F (24°C) prior to immersion.VOLATILE ORGANIC Unthinned Thinned 10%COMPOUNDS* 2.37 lbs/gallon 2.78 lbs/gallon(284 grams/litre) (333 grams/litre)THEORETICAL COVERAGE* 1,070 mil sq ft/gal (27.2 m 2 /L at 25 microns). See APPLICATION for coverage rates.NUMBER OF COMPONENTS Two: Part A and Part B or Three: Part A, Part B and 44-700 Epoxy AcceleratorPACKAGING 5 gallon (18.9L) pails and 1 gallon (3.79L) cans — Order in multiples of 2.Reference 44-700 Epoxy Accelerator product data sheet for its packaging information.NET WEIGHT PER GALLON* 12.63 ± 0.25 lbs (5.82 ± .11 kg) (mixed)Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.com should be referenced for the mostcurrent technical data and instructions or you may contact your Tnemec representative for current technical data and instructions.© March 2004, by Tnemec Company, Inc. N140

SERIES N140Pota-Pox PlusTECHNICAL DATA continuedSTORAGE TEMPERATURE Minimum 20°F (-7°C) Maximum 110°F (43°C)TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE (Dry) Continuous 250°F (121°C) Intermittent 275°F (135°C)SHELF LIFE 24 months at recommended storage temperature.FLASH POINT - SETA Part A: 82°F (28°C) Part B: 80°F (27°C) 44-700: NoneHEALTH & SAFETY Paint products contain chemical ingredients which are considered hazardous. Read container labelwarning and Material Safety Data Sheet for important health and safety information prior to the use ofthis product. Keep out of the reach of children.APPLICATIONCOVERAGE RATES* Primer Intermediate / TopcoatDry Mils Wet Mils Sq Ft/Gal Dry Mils Wet Mils Sq Ft/Gal(Microns) (Microns) (m 2 /Gal) (Microns) (Microns) (m 2 /Gal)Suggested (1) 4.0 (100) 6.0 (150) 268 (24.9) 5.0 (125) 7.5 (190) 214 (19.9)Minimum 3.0 (75) 4.5 (115) 357 (33.2) 4.0 (100) 6.0 (150) 268 (24.9)Maximum 5.0 (125) 7.5 (190) 214 (19.9) 6.0 (150) 9.0 (230) 178 (16.6)(1) Note: Roller or brush application requires two or more coats to obtain recommended film thickness.Series N140 can be spray applied to an optional high-build film thickness range of 6.0 to 8.0 dry mils (150to 205 dry microns) or 8.5 to 11.5 wet mils (215 to 290 wet microns). Allow for overspray and surfaceirregularities. Film thickness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating belowminimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance.MIXING l. Start with equal amounts of both Parts A & B.2. Using a power mixer, separately stir Parts A & B.3. (For accelerated version. If not using 44-700, skip to No. 4.)Add four (4) fluid ounces of 44-700 per gallon of Part A while Part A is under agitation.4. Add Part A to Part B under agitation, stir until thoroughly mixed.5. Both components must be above 50°F (10°C) prior to mixing. For application of the unacceleratedversion to surfaces between 50°F to 60°F (10°C to 16°C) or the accelerated version to surfaces between35°F to 50°F (2°C to 10°C), allow mixed material to stand 30 minutes and restir before using.6. For optimum application properties, the material temperature should be above 60°F (16°C).Note: The use of more than the recommended amount of 44-700 will adversely affect performance.POT LIFE Without 44-700 15 hours at 50°F (10°C) 5 hours at 77°F (25°C) 3 hours at 100°F (38°C)With 44-700 8 hours at 35°F (2°C) 4 hours at 77°F (25°C) 1 hour at 100°F (38°C)THINNING Use No. 4 Thinner. For air spray, thin up to 10% or ¾ pint (380 mL) per gallon. For airless spray, roller orbrush, thin up to 5% or ¼ pint (190 mL) per gallon. Caution: Series N140 NSF certification is based onthinning with No. 4 Thinner. Use of any other thinner voids ANSI/NSF Std. 61 certification.SURFACE TEMPERATURE Without 44-700 Minimum 50°F (10°C) Maximum 135°F (57°C)With 44-700 Minimum 35°F (2°C) Maximum 135°F (57°C)The surface should be dry and at least 5°F (3°C) above the dew point. Coating won’t cure belowminimum surface temperature.APPLICATION EQUIPMENTAir SprayGun FluidTipAir Cap Air HoseIDMat’l HoseIDAtomizingPressurePotPressureDeVilbiss E 765 5/16” or 3/8” 3/8” or 1/2” 75-100 psi 10-20 psiMBC or JGA or 78 (7.9 or 9.5 mm) (9.5 or 12.7 mm) (5.2-6.9 bar) (0.7-1.4 bar)Low temperatures or longer hoses require higher pot pressure.Airless SprayTip Orifice Atomizing Pressure Mat’l Hose ID Manifold Filter0.015”-0.019” 1800-3000 psi 1/4” or 3/8” 60 mesh(380-485 microns) (124-207 bar) (6.4 or 9.5 mm) (250 microns)Use appropriate tip/atomizing pressure for equipment, applicator technique and weather conditions.Note: Application over inorganic zinc-rich primers: Apply a wet mist coat and allow tiny bubbles toform. When bubbles disappear in 1 to 2 minutes, apply a full wet coat at specified mil thickness.Roller: Roller application optional when environmental restrictions do not allow spraying. Use 3/8” or1/2” (9.5 mm or 12.7 mm) synthetic nap covers.Brush: Recommended for small areas only. Use high quality natural or synthetic bristle brushes.CLEANUP Flush and clean all equipment immediately after use with the recommended thinner or MEK.*Values may vary with color.WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF SELLER’S LIABILITY: Tnemec Company, Inc. warrants only that its coatings represented herein meet the formulation standards of Tnemec Company, Inc.THE WARRANTY DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE PARAGRAPH SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES THAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. The buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy against Tnemec Company, Inc. shall be for replacement of the product in theevent a defective condition of the product should be found to exist and the exclusive remedy shall not have failed its essential purpose as long as Tnemec is willing to provide comparable replacement product to the buyer. NO OTHERREMEDY (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY, ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIALLOSS) SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE BUYER. Technical and application information herein is provided for the purpose of establishing a general profile of the coating and proper coating application procedures. Test performance resultswere obtained in a controlled environment and Tnemec Company makes no claim that these tests or any other tests, accurately represent all environments. As application, environmental and design factors can vary significantly, duecare should be exercised in the selection and use of the coating. FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY.TNEMEC COMPANY INCORPORATEDPRINTED IN USA6800 CORPORATE DRIVE, KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI 64120-1372 TEL: 1 800 TNEMEC 1 www.tnemec.com (YDAT141) N140

SMITH PUMP COMPANYEQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION44 42 56.02VERTICAL TURBINE PUMPING UNITSODESSA PUMP STATION SUCTION BARRELS2- 48” OD X 0.50” WALL X 393” LONG FABRICATED STEEL SUCTION CANWITH 36" DIA PLAIN END INLET WITH SPLITTER PLATE.A) TOP FLANGE ASSEMBLY TACK WELDED TO BARREL AT SHOPB) TOP FLANGE TO HAVE THREADED BOLT HOLES AND O-RING GROOVEC) 2-3/4” THICK BOTTOM PLATED) 4 – 1” FLATS WELDED TO CAN AS BOTTOM ANCHOR POINTSE) 3” X 3” ANGLES FOR CONCRETE ENCASEMENT ANCHORSF) 2- 2” COUPLINGS ARE WELDED ~6” BELOW TOP FLANGEG) 2 FULL LENGTH FLOW VANES AND 6 FLOW VANES FROM BOTTOMTO BOTTOM OF INLET.H) 3 LIFTING LUGSI) 4 1” diameter x 18” long stainless steel epoxy anchors(for bottom of barrel)J) 4 1-1/2” diameter sleeve type anchor bolts (see drawing)(for at top flange of barrel)1- ITEM BLASTING AND COATING AS FOLLOWS:A) GRIT BLAST TO SSPS-SP-10, NEAR WHITE, INSIDE AND OUTSIDEB) INTERIOR OF SUCTION CANS TO RECEIVE (2) TWO COATS OF TNEMECSERIES 140 POT-A-POX (12 MILS MIN DFT. - TOTAL) FINISH COLOR"TANK WHITE"C) EXTERIOR OF SUCTION CANS TO RECEIVE (2) TWO COATS OF TNEMECSERIES 140 POT-A-POX (12 MILS MIN DFT. - TOTAL) FINISH COLOR"TANK WHITE"1- ITEM OF O-RING MATERIAL AS SEAL BETWEEN HEAD AND BARREL(PROVIDED WITH DISCHARGE HEAD BY FLOWSERVE)1- ITEM OF TOUCH UP PAINT1- ITEM DELIVERY TO JOBSITE1- ITEM OF MILL WRIGHT TO FIELD CHECK LEVELNESS OF TOP FLANGE ANDPLUMBNESS OF BARREL PRIOR TO GROUTING AND BACK FILLING.NOTES:1. ITEMS NOT INCLUDED: GROUT, CONCRETE, PIPING, VALVES, FIELDPAINTING, INSTALLATION, FIELD WELDING AND LEVELING, BLEED-OFFPIPING, UNLOADING AT JOBSITE.2. CONTRACTOR / ENGINEER TO VERIFY THE FIELD ELEVATIONS ONDRAWING.C:\Documents and Settings\Mattr\My Documents\Submittal Templates\OPS-BarrelSubmittal Scope of Supply Ward County.doc

Pota-Pox PlusSERIES N140PRODUCT PROFILE®GENERIC DESCRIPTIONCOMMON USAGECOLORSSPECIAL QUALIFICATIONSPERFORMANCE CRITERIAPolyamidoamine EpoxyInnovative potable water coating which offers high-build edge protection and allows for applicationat a wide range of temperatures (down to 35°F or 2°C with 44-700 Accelerator). For use onthe interior and exterior of steel or concrete tanks, reservoirs, pipes, valves, pumps and equipmentin potable water service.1211 Red Oxide, 1255 Beige, 11WH White, 15BL Tank White, 35GR Black and 39BL Delft Blue.Note: Epoxies chalk with extended exposure to sunlight. Lack of ventilation, incomplete mixing,miscatalyzation or the use of heaters that emit carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide duringapplication and initial stages of curing may cause yellowing to occur.Certified by NSF International in accordance with ANSI/NSF Std. 61. Ambient air cured Series N140(with or without 44-700 Epoxy Accelerator) is qualified for use on tanks and reservoirs of 1,000 gallons(3,785L) capacity or greater, pipes four (4) inches (10 cm) in diameter or greater and valves two (2)inches (5 cm) in diameter or greater. Conforms to AWWA D 102 Inside Systems No. 1 and No. 2(with or without 44-700). Conforms to AWWA C 210 (without 44-700). Contact your Tnemec representativefor systems and additional information.Extensive test data available. Contact your Tnemec representative for specific test results.Certified toANSI/NSF 61COATING SYSTEMPRIMERS Self-priming, 20, FC20, 91-H 20, N140FTOPCOATS Interior: Series N140, N140F. Exterior: Series 27, 66, N69, 73, N140, N140F, 161, 175, 180,700, 1074, 1075. Refer to COLORS on applicable topcoat data sheets for additional information.Note: When topcoating with Series 700, an intermediate coat of Series 73 or 1075 is required.Note: The following maximum recoat times apply when using Endura-Shield topcoats: Series 73,ninety (90) days; Series 175, 1074 or 1075 sixty (60) days. If these time limits are exceeded, SeriesN140 must be uniformly scarified or recoated with itself prior to applying Endura-Shield. Whentopcoating with Series 180, the N140 maximum recoat time is 90 days.SURFACE PREPARATIONSTEELPRIMED STEELCAST/DUCTILE IRONCONCRETEALL SURFACESImmersion Service: SSPC-SP10/NACE 2 Near-White Blast CleaningNon-Immersion Service: SSPC-SP6/NACE 3 Commercial Blast CleaningImmersion Service: Scarify the Series N140, 20 or FC20 prime coat surface by blasting with fineabrasive before topcoating if it has been exterior exposed for 60 days or longer and N140 is thespecified topcoat.Contact your Tnemec representative or Tnemec Technical Services.Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. For optimum results and/or immersion service, abrasive blastreferencing SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 Surface Preparation of Concrete and Tnemec’s Surface Preparationand Application Guide. Fill all holes, pits, voids and cracks with 63-1500 Filler and Surfacer.Must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants.TECHNICAL DATAVOLUME SOLIDS*RECOMMENDED DFT67.0 ± 2.0% (mixed—A, B & 44-700 Epoxy Accelerator)3.0 to 8.0 mils (75 to 205 microns) per coat. Note: Number of coats and thickness requirements willvary with substrate, application method and exposure. Contact your Tnemec representative.CURING TIME AT 5 MILS DFT Temperature To Handle To Recoat ImmersionWithout 44-700 Accelerator 75°F (24°C) 6 hours 9 hours 7 daysWith 44-700 Accelerator 75°F (24°C) 4 hours 5 hours 7 days65°F (18°C) 7-8 hours 9-11 hours 8 days55°F (13°C) 12-14 hours 16-20 hours 9-10 days45°F (7°C) 18-22 hours 28-32 hours 12-13 days35°F (2°C) 28-32 hours 46-50 hours 16-18 daysCuring time varies with surface temperature, air movement, humidity and film thickness.Note: For valve applications allow 14 days cure at 75°F (24°C) prior to immersion. For pipeapplications allow 30 days cure at 75°F (24°C) prior to immersion.VOLATILE ORGANIC Unthinned Thinned 10%COMPOUNDS* 2.37 lbs/gallon 2.78 lbs/gallon(284 grams/litre) (333 grams/litre)THEORETICAL COVERAGE* 1,070 mil sq ft/gal (27.2 m 2 /L at 25 microns). See APPLICATION for coverage rates.NUMBER OF COMPONENTS Two: Part A and Part B or Three: Part A, Part B and 44-700 Epoxy AcceleratorPACKAGING 5 gallon (18.9L) pails and 1 gallon (3.79L) cans — Order in multiples of 2.Reference 44-700 Epoxy Accelerator product data sheet for its packaging information.NET WEIGHT PER GALLON* 12.63 ± 0.25 lbs (5.82 ± .11 kg) (mixed)Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.com should be referenced for the mostcurrent technical data and instructions or you may contact your Tnemec representative for current technical data and instructions.© March 2004, by Tnemec Company, Inc. N140

SERIES N140Pota-Pox PlusTECHNICAL DATA continuedSTORAGE TEMPERATURE Minimum 20°F (-7°C) Maximum 110°F (43°C)TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE (Dry) Continuous 250°F (121°C) Intermittent 275°F (135°C)SHELF LIFE 24 months at recommended storage temperature.FLASH POINT - SETA Part A: 82°F (28°C) Part B: 80°F (27°C) 44-700: NoneHEALTH & SAFETY Paint products contain chemical ingredients which are considered hazardous. Read container labelwarning and Material Safety Data Sheet for important health and safety information prior to the use ofthis product. Keep out of the reach of children.APPLICATIONCOVERAGE RATES* Primer Intermediate / TopcoatDry Mils Wet Mils Sq Ft/Gal Dry Mils Wet Mils Sq Ft/Gal(Microns) (Microns) (m 2 /Gal) (Microns) (Microns) (m 2 /Gal)Suggested (1) 4.0 (100) 6.0 (150) 268 (24.9) 5.0 (125) 7.5 (190) 214 (19.9)Minimum 3.0 (75) 4.5 (115) 357 (33.2) 4.0 (100) 6.0 (150) 268 (24.9)Maximum 5.0 (125) 7.5 (190) 214 (19.9) 6.0 (150) 9.0 (230) 178 (16.6)(1) Note: Roller or brush application requires two or more coats to obtain recommended film thickness.Series N140 can be spray applied to an optional high-build film thickness range of 6.0 to 8.0 dry mils (150to 205 dry microns) or 8.5 to 11.5 wet mils (215 to 290 wet microns). Allow for overspray and surfaceirregularities. Film thickness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating belowminimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance.MIXING l. Start with equal amounts of both Parts A & B.2. Using a power mixer, separately stir Parts A & B.3. (For accelerated version. If not using 44-700, skip to No. 4.)Add four (4) fluid ounces of 44-700 per gallon of Part A while Part A is under agitation.4. Add Part A to Part B under agitation, stir until thoroughly mixed.5. Both components must be above 50°F (10°C) prior to mixing. For application of the unacceleratedversion to surfaces between 50°F to 60°F (10°C to 16°C) or the accelerated version to surfaces between35°F to 50°F (2°C to 10°C), allow mixed material to stand 30 minutes and restir before using.6. For optimum application properties, the material temperature should be above 60°F (16°C).Note: The use of more than the recommended amount of 44-700 will adversely affect performance.POT LIFE Without 44-700 15 hours at 50°F (10°C) 5 hours at 77°F (25°C) 3 hours at 100°F (38°C)With 44-700 8 hours at 35°F (2°C) 4 hours at 77°F (25°C) 1 hour at 100°F (38°C)THINNING Use No. 4 Thinner. For air spray, thin up to 10% or ¾ pint (380 mL) per gallon. For airless spray, roller orbrush, thin up to 5% or ¼ pint (190 mL) per gallon. Caution: Series N140 NSF certification is based onthinning with No. 4 Thinner. Use of any other thinner voids ANSI/NSF Std. 61 certification.SURFACE TEMPERATURE Without 44-700 Minimum 50°F (10°C) Maximum 135°F (57°C)With 44-700 Minimum 35°F (2°C) Maximum 135°F (57°C)The surface should be dry and at least 5°F (3°C) above the dew point. Coating won’t cure belowminimum surface temperature.APPLICATION EQUIPMENTAir SprayGun FluidTipAir Cap Air HoseIDMat’l HoseIDAtomizingPressurePotPressureDeVilbiss E 765 5/16” or 3/8” 3/8” or 1/2” 75-100 psi 10-20 psiMBC or JGA or 78 (7.9 or 9.5 mm) (9.5 or 12.7 mm) (5.2-6.9 bar) (0.7-1.4 bar)Low temperatures or longer hoses require higher pot pressure.Airless SprayTip Orifice Atomizing Pressure Mat’l Hose ID Manifold Filter0.015”-0.019” 1800-3000 psi 1/4” or 3/8” 60 mesh(380-485 microns) (124-207 bar) (6.4 or 9.5 mm) (250 microns)Use appropriate tip/atomizing pressure for equipment, applicator technique and weather conditions.Note: Application over inorganic zinc-rich primers: Apply a wet mist coat and allow tiny bubbles toform. When bubbles disappear in 1 to 2 minutes, apply a full wet coat at specified mil thickness.Roller: Roller application optional when environmental restrictions do not allow spraying. Use 3/8” or1/2” (9.5 mm or 12.7 mm) synthetic nap covers.Brush: Recommended for small areas only. Use high quality natural or synthetic bristle brushes.CLEANUP Flush and clean all equipment immediately after use with the recommended thinner or MEK.*Values may vary with color.WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF SELLER’S LIABILITY: Tnemec Company, Inc. warrants only that its coatings represented herein meet the formulation standards of Tnemec Company, Inc.THE WARRANTY DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE PARAGRAPH SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES THAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. The buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy against Tnemec Company, Inc. shall be for replacement of the product in theevent a defective condition of the product should be found to exist and the exclusive remedy shall not have failed its essential purpose as long as Tnemec is willing to provide comparable replacement product to the buyer. NO OTHERREMEDY (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY, ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIALLOSS) SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE BUYER. Technical and application information herein is provided for the purpose of establishing a general profile of the coating and proper coating application procedures. Test performance resultswere obtained in a controlled environment and Tnemec Company makes no claim that these tests or any other tests, accurately represent all environments. As application, environmental and design factors can vary significantly, duecare should be exercised in the selection and use of the coating. FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY.TNEMEC COMPANY INCORPORATEDPRINTED IN USA6800 CORPORATE DRIVE, KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI 64120-1372 TEL: 1 800 TNEMEC 1 www.tnemec.com (YDAT141) N140

Suction Barrel Installation RecommendationsCorrect installation of the suction barrel is critical to proper and trouble free operationof the vertical turbine pump. The barrel must be plumbed (vertical) so the pump andcolumn are centered in the barrel. More critical is the level of the barrel’s top flange.An unlevel barrel top flange can lead to excessive vibration resulting in reduced life ofthe bearings and voiding the pump warranty.1-2-3BLOCKS(2 PLACES)SUCTION CENTERLINE1-2-3 PRECISIONBLOCKS(2 PLACES)MACHINIST LEVELACCURATE TO 0.0005" / FTPRECISION STRAIGHT EDGE(FLAT WITHIN 0.0005 IN.)SHIMS(ADD TO MAKE LEVEL)TAPE - READ TO NEAREST 1/16" MIN.TOP FLANGEDISTANCE BETWEENMEASUREMENTS(2 DIRECTIONS)ACCEPTABLE LIMIT1/16 PER 4 FEETTAPE - READ TO NEAREST 1/16" MIN.PLUMB BOBCONCRETE PAD6 IN THICK MIN.The barrel must be plumb within 0.015 inches / foot of barrel length along the entirelength of the barrel. Once positioned plumb, the barrel must be secured and heldplumb through out the back filling operation. Anchor bolt holes are generallyprovided in or near the bottom plate. Using nuts above and below the anchor plate,the barrel may be adjusted. The anchor bolts are not always sufficient to hold thebarrel in place, so guy wires near the barrel top are recommended for holding thebarrel in place.For barrels with top flanges which are seal welded to the barrel, the top flange mustbe held level at the same time and through out the back filling process.

Barrel Flange Welding and Leveling Procedurea. Required Equipmenta.1. Machinist level accurate to 0.0005” minimuma.2. 123 precision blocksa.3. Precision straight edge (long enough to span barrel opening)b. This procedure generally requires two persons. A millwright typeperson, referred to as the “leveler”. The second person is a qualifiedwelder.b.1. The elevation should be verified prior to starting.b.2. The flange should be at ambient temperature and in completesun or complete shade during entire process.c. The leveler finds highest point on flange. Once highest point is found allother tacks are removed. Starting at the low point, with the opposite highpoint still tacked, begin jacking up flange. Stop a few thousands belowlevel, because the tack weld will cause the flange to rise. Tacking is doneon top side of flange. The amount of rise will depend on the size of the tackand the size of the gap, if any. If it draws up to much you cut the tack outand start a little lower. This is a trial and error process. Once you have thispoint level and tacked then you turn 90 degrees.d. Repeat previous steps, tacking high side and jacking up low side untilthe flange is level. When this is accomplished, proceed on 45 degrees andon very large O.D. pipe, you may have to go to 22-1/2 degrees increments.e. When all sides have been leveled and tacked, recheck level at least oncenter line of suction and 90 degrees, preferably all the way around theflange.f. Now the welder is ready to start welding out top side. The quartering andback step method is recommended. For instance, if you call the suctioncenter line 12 O-clock, then you weld about 3” there and move to 6 O-clockand weld 3”, go to 3 O-clock and then 9 O-clock. Remembering whilewelder is welding, he stops and allows leveler to check and make sureflange is not moving out of tolerances. Continue welding in abovementioned pattern until top joint is complete.g. Now the welder can seal weld the bottom side of flange to pipe using assmall of pass as possible to minimize warping. There are many variablesthat affect this procedure and much has to be dealt with throughexperience and good common sense. For instance, if there is a larger gapon one side, it may draw more than the other side. The welder may have toput a larger weld or a couple of passes on the side that draws less. Also,while welding out, if the leveler finds that flange has been drawn up tomuch in one spot and it has been welded too much to try to cut loose, thewelder can try to weld the underside to try to get it to draw down.h. This is a trial and error procedure to achieve the levelness specified onthe drawing.

Procedure for Checking LevelAfter the top flange is completely welded to the barrel and prior to the top flangegrouting and pump installation, the top flange level must be verified by Smith PumpCompany personnel.a. Required Equipmenta.1. Machinist level accurate to 0.0005” minimum.a.2. 123 precision blocksa.3. Precision straight edge (long enough to span barrel opening)b. The top flange surface must be clean, smooth and free of loose particles.b.1. The elevation should be verified prior to starting.b.2. The flange should be at ambient temperature and in complete sun orcomplete shade during entire process.c. Using a machinist level and precision straight edge, that person will place 123blocks at the positions as shown above and measure the levelness in line andperpendicular to the barrel suction. On larger barrels and flanges, the level is alsochecked at 45 degrees from suction. Shims will be added to the low side to center thebubble of the level.d. The slope of the top flange is equal to the shim thickness, in inches, divided by thedistance between the 123 blocks, in feet. The dimensions are recorded as part of thestart-up report. The minimal acceptable slope is 0.001 inches per foot in anydirection. Slope exceeding these criteria must be corrected prior to grouting.e. It is recommended that the Contractor verify the top flange level prior to requestingSmith Pump Company personnel come to the site.GROUTTOP FLANGEFINAL GROUTLEVEL TOP FLANGE AND VERIFY PIPING LOCATION.USE JACK SCREWS OR SHIMS TO LEVEL.AFTER ACCEPTABLE LEVEL IS OBTAINED,INSTALL GROUT. ALLOW GROUT TO SET.AFTER GROUT CURES, LOOSEN NUTS OR REMOVE JACKSCREWS OR SHIMS AND HAND PACK VOID WITH GROUTFOUNDATION / CONCRETEGrouting Recommendationsa. Always shim near the foundation bolts at each side and then back off the levelingnuts. Then tighten the foundation nuts. If done otherwise, there is a risk ofsignificantly lowering the structural natural frequency that could result in separation ofthe base from the grout and vibration problems.

. If leveling nuts are used to level the base, they must be backed off as far aspossible prior to grouting.c. Allow grout to set or cure for 72- 80 hours, then recheck flange level using aboveprocedure before installing the pump.d. The minimal acceptable slope is 0.002 inches per foot in any direction aftergrouting is cured.Notes:1. If recommended flange level is not maintained throughout back filling andgrouting operation, corrective action must be performed, at the Contractor’sexpense.2. These recommendations do not over rule the Engineer’s requirements.H:\2001PROJECTS\PROJECT MANAGEMENT DOCUMENTS\Suction Barrel Installation Recommendations.doc

Routing Slip : SUBMITTALS - SD-001 - Vertical Turbine Pumping Unit Cans)Started By: Debby GreerName / Comments Completed StatusDCS ReviewDebby Greer 12/7/2011 10:28 AM CompletedEngineer ReviewDebby Greer 12/7/2011 10:35 AM CompletedDCS Review 2Debby Greer 12/7/2011 10:35 AM Completed

Suction BowlsApproved Submittal

Marcus GraceFrom:Sent:To:Cc:Subject:Attachments:Categories:Nick Lester [ncl@freese.com]Tuesday, January 17, 2012 9:06 AMMarcus GraceJames Johnson; Bryan Jann; Chris BrowderRE: CRMWD Ward CountyFianal system curves with Smith Pump Curves.pdfCRMWDMarcus,The materials of construction for both the Odessa Pump Station and the Transmission Station are approved.The hydraulics are approved at the Odessa Pump Station pumps.The hydraulics need to adjust slightly on the Transmission Pump Station. The revised condition is attached. Looking atit, I believe it is a slight trim to the same impeller (I think about 0.2 inch change).Please review and let me know if you have any questions. Also can you send us a revised pump curve for thetransmission PS to reflect the requested adjustment.Thanks,NickNicholas Lester, P.E.AssociateFreese and Nichols, Inc.4055 International PlazaSuite 200Fort Worth, Texas 76109Phone: (817) 735‐7393Fax: (817) 735‐7420Mobile: (817) 680‐9993Email: NCL@freese.comFrom: Marcus Grace [mailto:mgrace@garney.com]Sent: Tuesday, January 17, 2012 8:43 AMTo: Nick LesterCc: James Johnson; Bryan Jann; Chris BrowderSubject: FW: CRMWD Ward CountyImportance: HighNick,Last time we talked (Thursday 1‐12‐12) the materials of construction are acceptable on the Flowserve pump bowls butthe impellers need to be trimmed slightly due to the actual reduced head. Have you determined the amount of trim onthe impellers yet? We need to turn Smith Pump (Flowserve) loose on fabricating the pump bowls as they are the longlead portion of the Vertical Turbine Pumps.Thanks so much for your help,1

Marcus GraceGARNEY CONSTRUCTION Advancing WaterPH: 816.536.6485 FAX: 816.278.5931ADDRESS: 4001 Faudree Rd. #B106, Odessa, TX 79765 GARNEY.COMFrom: Chris Browder [mailto:chrisb@smithpump.com]Sent: Tuesday, January 17, 2012 8:28 AMTo: Marcus GraceCc: Matt RamburgerSubject: CRMWD Ward CountyImportance: HighMarcus,Any news on the release of the bowls that we talked about?Thank you,Chris BrowderSmith Pump Company, Inc.Please consider the environment before printing this message.This electronic mail message is intended exclusively for the individual or entity to which it is addressed. This message, together with any attachment, may containthe sender's organization's confidential and privileged information. The recipient is hereby notified to treat the information as confidential and privileged and to notdisclose or use the information except as authorized by sender's organization. Any unauthorized review, printing, retention, copying, disclosure, distribution,retransmission, dissemination or other use of, or taking of any action in reliance upon, this information by persons or entities other than the intended recipient isprohibited. If you received this message in error, please immediately contact the sender by reply email and delete all copies of the material from any computer.Thank you for your cooperation.2

900Transmission Pump Station System Curves with Smith Pump (Flowserve) Curve Overlaid850800750700Original operating point: 3 pumpsrunning to deliver 30 mgd @ 601'650Head (ft)600550500450Revised Pump Impellar trim ‐ three pumps deliver 30mgd @ 576' of head under normal conditions4003503000 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45Flow (mgd)Low head : Length = 142,846'; High Point = 3124.5'; Tank WSE = 2698.5' (100% Full); C = 130; Minor Losses = 5' Normal head : Length = 142,846'; High Point = 3124.5'; Tank WSE = 2687.6' (75% Full); C = 120; Minor Losses = 5'High head : Length = 142,846'; High Point = 3124.5'; Tank WSE = 2665.9.6' (25% Full); C = 120; Minor Losses = 5' Preliminary curve: L = 155,590'; Static Lift = 449'; Minor Losses = 5'; C = 1201 Pump AOR 2 Pumps AOR3 Pumps AOR 1 Pump (Outside AOR)2 Pumps (Outside AOR) 3 Pumps (Outside AOR)Three pumps ‐ Revised Curve